diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2006-01-03 00:03:50 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2006-01-03 00:03:50 +0000 |
| commit | a54be3d3f72265f94f785451e1d82899ed72fe8d (patch) | |
| tree | dc9d29072556231decd80ec42d021ddcaeac201f /Master/texmf/doc | |
| parent | 7e924614f6441d2a9d56cfa7a5ce7c37db56c3f2 (diff) | |
trunk/Master/texmf/doc/latex
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@62 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf/doc')
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex.html | 6090 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex.pdf | bin | 0 -> 460963 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex2e.html | 6090 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex2e.pdf | bin | 0 -> 461229 bytes |
4 files changed, 12180 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex.html b/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2b69c317200 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex.html @@ -0,0 +1,6090 @@ +<html lang="en"> +<head> +<title>Untitled</title> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html"> +<meta name="description" content="Untitled"> +<meta name="generator" content="makeinfo 4.7"> +<link title="Top" rel="top" href="#Top"> +<link href="http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/" rel="generator-home" title="Texinfo Homepage"> +<!-- +This file documents LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. LaTeX2e is a +macro package for TeX. + +This is edition 1.6 of the LaTeX2e documentation, and is for the Texinfo +that is distributed as part of Version 19 of GNU Emacs. It uses version +2.134 or later of the texinfo.tex input file. + +This is translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The +pre-translation version was written by George D. Greenwade of Sam +Houston State University. + +The LaTeX 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore <stg@dcs.ed.ac.uk>. + +The LaTeX2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen +<bullestock@dk-online.dk>. + +Copyright 1988,1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright 1994-1996 Torsten Martinsen. + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +are preserved on all copies. + + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire +resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission +notice identical to this one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that the sections entitled ``Distribution'' and ``General Public +License'' may be included in a translation approved by the author instead +of in the original English.--> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css"> +<style type="text/css"><!-- + pre.display { font-family:inherit } + pre.format { font-family:inherit } + pre.smalldisplay { font-family:inherit; font-size:smaller } + pre.smallformat { font-family:inherit; font-size:smaller } + pre.smallexample { font-size:smaller } + pre.smalllisp { font-size:smaller } + span.sc { font-variant:small-caps } + span.roman { font-family: serif; font-weight: normal; } +--></style> +</head> +<body> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Top"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Overview">Overview</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#dir">(dir)</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#dir">(dir)</a> +<br> +</div> + + <p>LaTeX2e is a document preparation system implemented as a macro package +for Donald E. Knuth's TeX typesetting program. + + <p>LaTeX was originally conceived by Leslie Lamport. + + <p>This is edition 1.6 of the LaTeX2e documentation. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Overview">Overview</a>: What is LaTeX? +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Commands">Commands</a>: Commands within a LaTeX document. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Parameters">Parameters</a>: The command line. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Command-Index">Command Index</a>: An alphabetical list of LaTeX commands. +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#Concept-Index">Concept Index</a>: An alphabetical list of concepts. + + </ul> + +<!-- **************************************** --> +<!-- ************** OVERVIEW **************** --> +<!-- **************************************** --> +<!-- LEVEL1 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Overview"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Commands">Commands</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Top">Top</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h2 class="chapter">1 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide</h2> + +<p><a name="index-Overview-of-LaTeX-1"></a><a name="index-LaTeX-overview-2"></a> +The LaTeX command typesets a file of text using the TeX program and the +LaTeX Macro package for TeX. To be more specific, it processes an input +file containing the text of a document with interspersed commands that +describe how the text should be formatted. It produces at least three +files as output: + + <ol type=1 start=1> +<li>A “Device Independent”, or <span class="file">.dvi</span> file. This contains commands that +can be translated into commands for a variety of output devices. You +can view the output of LaTeX by using a program such as <code>xdvi</code>, +which actually uses the <span class="file">.dvi</span> file. +<li>A “transcript” or <span class="file">.log</span> file that contains summary information and +diagnostic messages for any errors discovered in the input file. +<li>An “auxiliary” or <span class="file">.aux</span> file. This is used by LaTeX itself, for +things such as sectioning. + </ol> + + <p>For a description of what goes on inside TeX, you should consult +<cite>The TeXbook</cite> by Donald E. Knuth, ISBN 0-201-13448-9, published +jointly by the American Mathematical Society and Addison-Wesley +Publishing Company. + + <p>For a description of LaTeX, you should consult: + + <p><cite>LaTeX: A Document Preparation System</cite>, by Leslie Lamport, +Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 2nd edition, 1994. + + <p><cite>The LaTeX Companion</cite>, by Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and +Alexander Samarin, Addison-Wesley, 1994. + +<!-- **************************************** --> +<!-- ************** COMMANDS **************** --> +<!-- **************************************** --> +<!-- LEVEL1 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Commands"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Parameters">Parameters</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Overview">Overview</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h2 class="chapter">2 Commands</h2> + +<p>A LaTeX command begins with the command name, which consists of a +<code>\</code> followed by either (a) a string of letters or (b) a single +non-letter. Arguments contained in square brackets, <code>[]</code>, are +optional while arguments contained in braces, <code>{}</code>, are required. + + <p>NOTE: LaTeX is case sensitive. Enter all commands in lower case +unless explicitly directed to do otherwise. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Counters">Counters</a>: Internal counters used by LaTeX. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>: Automatic referencing. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>: Define your own commands etc. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a>: Some of the various classes available. +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#Environments">Environments</a>: Such as enumerate & itemize. +<li><a accesskey="6" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>: How to produce footnotes. +<li><a accesskey="7" href="#Layout">Layout</a>: Controlling the page layout. +<li><a accesskey="8" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>: The length commands. +<li><a accesskey="9" href="#Letters">Letters</a>: The letter class. +<li><a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a>: How to insert pagebreaks etc. +<li><a href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>: Paragraph commands. +<li><a href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a>: Putting remarks in the margin. +<li><a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>: How to create mathematical formulae. +<li><a href="#Modes">Modes</a>: Paragraph, Math or LR modes. +<li><a href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>: Various styles of page layout. +<li><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>: How to section properly. +<li><a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a>: All the associated commands. +<li><a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a>: Special reserved characters. +<li><a href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>: Dealing with big files by splitting. +<li><a href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting & Ending</a>: The formal start & end layouts. +<li><a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>: How to create a table of contents. +<li><a href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a>: User interaction. +<li><a href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a>: Such as bold, italics etc. +</ul> + +<!-- *************************************** --> +<!-- **** Command's LEVEL2 Starts Here. **** --> +<!-- *************************************** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- ******* Counters ******** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Counters"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Commands">Commands</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.1 Counters</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Counters_002c-a-list-of-3"></a><a name="index-Variables_002c-a-list-of-4"></a> +Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The +name of the counter is the same as the name of the environment or +command that produces the number, except with no <code>\</code>. (enumi - +enumiv are used for the nested enumerate environment.) Below is a list +of the counters used in LaTeX's standard document classes to control +numbering. + +<pre class="example"> part paragraph figure enumi + chapter subparagraph table enumii + section page footnote enumiii + subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv + subsubsection +</pre> + <ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005caddtocounter">\addtocounter</a>: Add a quantity to a counter. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005calph">\alph</a>: Print value of a counter using letters. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005carabic">\arabic</a>: Print value of a counter using numerals. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cfnsymbol">\fnsymbol</a>: Print value of a counter using symbols. +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a>: Define a new counter. +<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a>: Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. +<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005croman">\roman</a>: Print value of a counter using roman numerals. +<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>: Set the value of a counter. +<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>: Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. +<li><a href="#_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a>: Use a specified counter in a list environment. +<li><a href="#_005cvalue">\value</a>: Use the value of a counter in an expression. +</ul> + +<!-- ******************* --> +<!-- ** \addtocounter ** --> +<!-- ******************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005caddtocounter"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005calph">\alph</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Counters">Counters</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.1 \addtocounter</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005caddtocounter-5"></a> +<code>\addtocounter{counter}{value}</code> + + <p>The <code>\addtocounter</code> command increments the <code>counter</code> by the +amount specified by the <code>value</code> argument. The <code>value</code> +argument can be negative. + +<!-- ************ --> +<!-- ** \alph *** --> +<!-- ************ --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005calph"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005carabic">\arabic</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddtocounter">\addtocounter</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.2 \alph</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005calph-6"></a><a name="index-_005cAlph-7"></a> +<code>\alph{counter}</code> + + <p>This command causes the value of the <code>counter</code> to be printed in +alphabetic characters. The <code>\alph</code> command uses lower case +alphabetic alphabetic characters, i.e., <code>a, b, c...</code> while the +<code>\Alph</code> command uses upper case alphabetic characters, i.e., +<code>A, B, C...</code>. + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- ** \arabic *** --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005carabic"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfnsymbol">\fnsymbol</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005calph">\alph</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.3 \arabic</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005carabic-8"></a> +<code>\arabic{counter}</code> + + <p>The <code>\arabic</code> command causes the value of the <code>counter</code> to be +printed in Arabic numbers, i.e., <code>3</code>. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \fnsymbol ** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cfnsymbol"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005carabic">\arabic</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.4 \fnsymbol</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cfnsymbol-9"></a> +<code>\fnsymbol{counter}</code> + + <p>The <code>\fnsymbol</code> command causes the value of the <code>counter</code> to +be printed in a specific sequence of nine symbols that can be used for +numbering footnotes. + + <p>NB. <code>counter</code> must have a value between 1 and 9 inclusive. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- ** \newcounter ** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnewcounter"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfnsymbol">\fnsymbol</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.5 \newcounter</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnewcounter-10"></a><a name="index-Counters_002c-creating-11"></a> +<code>\newcounter{foo}[counter]</code> + + <p>The <code>\newcounter</code> command defines a new counter named <code>foo</code>. +The counter is initialized to zero. + + <p>The optional argument <code>[counter]</code> causes the counter <code>foo</code> to +be reset whenever the counter named in the optional argument is +incremented. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- ** \refstepcounter ** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005crefstepcounter"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005croman">\roman</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.6 \refstepcounter</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005crefstepcounter-12"></a> +<code>\refstepcounter{counter}</code> + + <p>The <code>\refstepcounter</code> command works like <code>\stepcounter</code> +See <a href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>, except it also defines the current <code>\ref</code> +value to be the result of <code>\thecounter</code>. + +<!-- ************ --> +<!-- ** \roman ** --> +<!-- ************ --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005croman"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.7 \roman</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005croman-13"></a><a name="index-_005cRoman-14"></a> +<code>\roman{counter}</code> + + <p>This command causes the value of the <code>counter</code> to be printed in +Roman numerals. The <code>\roman</code> command uses lower case Roman +numerals, i.e., <code>i, ii, iii...</code>, while the <code>\Roman</code> command +uses upper case Roman numerals, i.e., <code>I, II, III...</code>. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- ** \stepcounter ** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cstepcounter"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005croman">\roman</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.8 \stepcounter</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cstepcounter-15"></a> +<code>\stepcounter{counter}</code> + + <p>The <code>\stepcounter</code> command adds one to the <code>counter</code> and +resets all subsidiary counters. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- ** \setcounter ** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csetcounter"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.9 \setcounter</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csetcounter-16"></a><a name="index-Counters_002c-setting-17"></a> +<code>\setcounter{counter}{value}</code> + + <p>The <code>\setcounter</code> command sets the value of the <code>counter</code> to +that specified by the <code>value</code> argument. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- ** \usecounter ** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cusecounter"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvalue">\value</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.10 \usecounter</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cusecounter-18"></a> +<code>\usecounter{counter}</code> + + <p>The <code>\usecounter</code> command is used in the second argument of the +<code>list</code> environment to allow the counter specified to be used to +number the list items. + +<!-- ************ --> +<!-- ** \value ** --> +<!-- ************ --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cvalue"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.11 \value</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cvalue-19"></a><a name="index-Counters_002c-getting-the-value-of-20"></a> +<code>\value{counter}</code> + + <p>The <code>\value</code> command produces the value of the <code>counter</code> named +in the mandatory argument. It can be used where LaTeX expects an +integer or number, such as the second argument of a <code>\setcounter</code> +or <code>\addtocounter</code> command, or in: + +<pre class="example"> \hspace{\value{foo}\parindent} +</pre> + <p>It is useful for doing arithmetic with counters. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** Cross References *** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Cross-References"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Counters">Counters</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.2 Cross References</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Cross-referencing-21"></a> +One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer +the reader to them, as in “See Figure 3 for more details.” + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005clabel">\label</a>: Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a>: Refer to a page number. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cref">\ref</a>: Refer to a section, figure or similar. +</ul> + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \label ************* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005clabel"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.2.1 \label</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005clabel-22"></a> +<code>\label{key}</code> + + <p>A <code>\label</code> command appearing in ordinary text assigns to the +<code>key</code> the number of the current sectional unit; one appearing +inside a numbered environment assigns that number to the <code>key</code>. + + <p>A <code>key</code> can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or +punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are different. + + <p>To avoid accidentally creating two labels with the same name, it is +common to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix separated by a +colon. The prefixes conventionally used are + + <ul> +<li><code>cha</code> +for chapters +<li><code>sec</code> +for lower-level sectioning commands +<li><code>fig</code> +for figures +<li><code>tab</code> +for tables +<li><code>eq</code> +for equations +</ul> + + <p>Thus, a label for a figure would look like <code>fig:bandersnatch</code>. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \pageref *********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cpageref"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cref">\ref</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005clabel">\label</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.2.2 \pageref</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cpageref-23"></a><a name="index-Cross-referencing-using-page-number-24"></a> +<code>\pageref{key}</code> + + <p>The <code>\pageref</code> command produces the page number of the place in the +text where the corresponding <code>\label</code> command appears. ie. where +<code>\label{key}</code> appears. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \ref *************** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cref"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.2.3 \ref</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cref-25"></a><a name="index-Cross-referencing-using-section-number-26"></a> +<code>\ref{key}</code> + + <p>The <code>\ref</code> command produces the number of the sectional unit, +equation number, ... of the corresponding <code>\label</code> command. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** Definitions ******** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Definitions"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.3 Definitions</h3> + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a>: Define a new command. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a>: Define a new environment. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a>: Define a new theorem-like environment. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a>: Define a new font name. +</ul> + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \newcommand ******** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnewcommand"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.3.1 \newcommand</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnewcommand-27"></a><a name="index-Commands_002c-defining-new-ones-28"></a><a name="index-Defining-a-new-command-29"></a> +<pre class="example"> \newcommand{cmd}[args]{definition} + \newcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition} + \renewcommand{cmd}[args]{definition} + \renewcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition} +</pre> + <p>These commands define (or redefine) a command. + + <dl> +<dt><code>cmd</code><dd>A command name beginning with a <code>\</code>. For <code>\newcommand</code> it +must not be already defined and must not begin with <code>\end</code>; for +<code>\renewcommand</code> it must already be defined. + + <br><dt><code>args</code><dd>An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of the command +being defined. The default is for the command to have no arguments. + + <br><dt><code>def</code><dd>If this optional parameter is present, it means that the command's first +argument is optional. The default value of the optional argument is +<code>def</code>. + + <br><dt><code>definition</code><dd>The text to be substituted for every occurrence of <code>cmd</code>; a +parameter of the form <code>#n</code> in <code>cmd</code> is replaced by the text of +the nth argument when this substitution takes place. + + </dl> + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \newenvironment **** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnewenvironment"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.3.2 \newenvironment</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnewenvironment-30"></a><a name="index-Environments_002c-defining-31"></a><a name="index-Defining-new-environments-32"></a> +<pre class="example"> \newenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef} + \newenvironment{nam}[args][default]{begdef}{enddef} + \renewenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef} +</pre> + <p>These commands define or redefine an environment. + + <dl> +<dt><code>nam</code><dd>The name of the environment. For <code>\newenvironment</code> there must be +no currently defined environment by that name, and the command +<code>\nam</code> must be undefined. For <code>\renewenvironment</code> the +environment must already be defined. + + <br><dt><code>args</code><dd>An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of +the newly-defined environment. The default is no arguments. + + <br><dt><code>default</code><dd>If this is specified, the first argument is optional, and <code>default</code> +gives the default value for that argument. + + <br><dt><code>begdef</code><dd>The text substituted for every occurrence of <code>\begin{nam}</code>; a +parameter of the form <code>#n</code> in <code>cmd</code> is replaced by the text of +the nth argument when this substitution takes place. + + <br><dt><code>enddef</code><dd>The text substituted for every occurrence of <code>\end{nam}</code>. It may +not contain any argument parameters. + + </dl> + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \newtheorem ******** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnewtheorem"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.3.3 \newtheorem</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnewtheorem-33"></a><a name="index-Theorems_002c-defining-34"></a><a name="index-Defining-new-theorems-35"></a> +<pre class="example"> \newtheorem{env_name}{caption}[within] + \newtheorem{env_name}[numbered_like]{caption} +</pre> + <p>This command defines a theorem-like environment. + + <dl> +<dt><code>env_name</code><dd>The name of the environment to be defined. A string of letters. It must +not be the name of an existing environment or counter. + + <br><dt><code>caption</code><dd>The text printed at the beginning of the environment, right before the +number. This may simply say “Theorem”, for example. + + <br><dt><code>within</code><dd>The name of an already defined counter, usually of a sectional unit. +Provides a means of resetting the new theorem counter <strong>within</strong> +the sectional unit. + + <br><dt><code>numbered_like</code><dd>The name of an already defined theorem-like environment. + + </dl> + + <p>The <code>\newtheorem</code> command may have at most one optional argument. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \newfont *********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnewfont"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.3.4 \newfont</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnewfont-36"></a><a name="index-Fonts_002c-new-commands-for-37"></a><a name="index-Defining-new-fonts-38"></a> +<code>\newfont{cmd}{font_name}</code> + + <p>Defines the command name <code>cmd</code>, which must not be currently +defined, to be a declaration that selects the font named +<code>font_name</code> to be the current font. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** Document Classes **** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Document-Classes"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Environments">Environments</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.4 Document Classes</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Document-Classes-39"></a><a name="index-Classes-of-document-40"></a><a name="index-article-class-41"></a><a name="index-report-class-42"></a><a name="index-book-class-43"></a><a name="index-letter-class-44"></a><a name="index-_005cdocumentclass-45"></a> +Valid LaTeX document classes include: + + <ul> +<li>article +<li>report +<li>letter +<li>book +<li>slides +</ul> + + <p>Other document classes are often available. See <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>, for details. +They are selected with the following command: + + <p><code>\documentclass [options] {class}</code> + + <p>All the standard classes (except slides) accept the following options +for selecting the typeface size (10 pt is default): + + <p>10pt, 11pt, 12pt + + <p>All classes accept these options for selecting the paper size (default +is letter): + + <p>a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, letterpaper, legalpaper, executivepaper + + <p>Miscellaneous options: + + <ul> +<li>landscape — selects landscape format. Default is portrait. +<li>titlepage, notitlepage — selects if there should be a separate title +page. +<li>leqno — equation number on left side of equations. Default is right side. +<li>fleqn — displayed formulas flush left. Default is centred. +<li>openbib — use “open” bibliography format. +<li>draft, final — mark/do not mark overfull boxes with a rule. +Default is final. +</ul> + + <p>These options are not available with the slides class: + + <ul> +<li>oneside, twoside — selects one- or twosided layout. Default is +oneside, except for the book class. +<li>openright, openany — determines if a chapter should start on a +right-hand page. Default is openright for book. +<li>onecolumn, twocolumn — one or two columns. Defaults to one column. +</ul> + + <p>The slides class offers the option <code>clock</code> for printing the time at +the bottom of each note. + + <p>If you specify more than one option, they must be separated by a comma. + + <p>Additional packages are loaded by a + + <p><code>\usepackage[options]{pkg}</code> +<a name="index-_005cusepackage-46"></a> +command. If you specify more than one package, they must be separated by +a comma. +<a name="index-Packages_002c-loading-47"></a><a name="index-Loading-additional-packages-48"></a> +Any options given in the <code>\documentclass</code> command that are unknown +by the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with +<code>\usepackage</code>. +<a name="index-Global-options-49"></a><a name="index-Options_002c-global-50"></a> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Layout"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<p><a name="index-Layout-commands-51"></a> + +<h3 class="section">2.5 Layout</h3> + +<p>Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of the page. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a>: Make all text pages the same height. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a>: Use one-column layout. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a>: Allow text pages of differing height. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a>: Use two-column layout. +</ul> + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \flushbottom ******* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cflushbottom"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Layout">Layout</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.5.1 \flushbottom</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cflushbottom-52"></a> +The <code>\flushbottom</code> declaration makes all text pages the same +height, adding extra vertical space when necessary to fill out the page. + + <p>This is the standard if twocolumn mode is selected. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \onecolumn ********* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005conecolumn"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Layout">Layout</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.5.2 \onecolumn</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005conecolumn-53"></a> +The <code>\onecolumn</code> declaration starts a new page and produces +single-column output. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \raggedbottom ****** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005craggedbottom"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Layout">Layout</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.5.3 \raggedbottom</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005craggedbottom-54"></a> +The <code>\raggedbottom</code> declaration makes all pages the height of the +text on that page. No extra vertical space is added. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \twocolumn ********* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ctwocolumn"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Layout">Layout</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.5.4 \twocolumn</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005ctwocolumn-55"></a><a name="index-Multicolumn-text-56"></a> +<code>\twocolumn[text]</code> + + <p>The <code>\twocolumn</code> declaration starts a new page and produces +two-column output. If the optional <code>text</code> argument is present, it +is typeset in one-column mode. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** Environments ******* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Environments"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.6 Environments</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Environments-57"></a><a name="index-_005cbegin-58"></a><a name="index-_005cend-59"></a> +LaTeX provides a number of different paragraph-making environments. +Each environment begins and ends in the same manner. + +<pre class="example"> \begin{environment-name} + . + . + . + \end{environment-name} +</pre> + <ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#array">array</a>: Math arrays. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#center">center</a>: Centred lines. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#description">description</a>: Labelled lists. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>: Numbered lists. +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a>: Sequences of aligned equations. +<li><a accesskey="6" href="#equation">equation</a>: Displayed equation. +<li><a accesskey="7" href="#figure">figure</a>: Floating figures. +<li><a accesskey="8" href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>: Flushed left lines. +<li><a accesskey="9" href="#flushright">flushright</a>: Flushed right lines. +<li><a href="#itemize">itemize</a>: Bulleted lists. +<li><a href="#letter">letter</a>: Letters. +<li><a href="#list">list</a>: Generic list environment. +<li><a href="#minipage">minipage</a>: Miniature page. +<li><a href="#picture">picture</a>: Picture with text, arrows, lines and circles. +<li><a href="#quotation">quotation</a>: Indented environment with paragraph indentation. +<li><a href="#quote">quote</a>: Indented environment with no paragraph indentation. +<li><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a>: Align text arbitrarily. +<li><a href="#table">table</a>: Floating tables. +<li><a href="#tabular">tabular</a>: Align text in columns. +<li><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>: Bibliography or reference list. +<li><a href="#theorem">theorem</a>: Theorems, lemmas, etc. +<li><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>: For hand crafted title pages. +<li><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>: Simulating typed input. +<li><a href="#verse">verse</a>: For poetry and other things. +</ul> + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** array ************** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="array"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#center">center</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Environments">Environments</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.1 array</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Arrays_002c-math-60"></a><a name="index-array-61"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{array}{col1col2...coln} + column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ + . + . + . + \end{array} +</pre> + <p>Math arrays are produced with the array environment. It has a single +mandatory argument describing the number of columns and the alignment +within them. Each column, <code>coln</code>, is specified by a single letter +that tells how items in that row should be formatted. + + <ul> +<li><code>c</code> — for centred +<li><code>l</code> — for flush left +<li><code>r</code> — for flush right +</ul> + + <p>Column entries must be separated by an <code>&</code>. Column entries may +include other LaTeX commands. Each row of the array must be terminated +with the string <code>\\</code>. + + <p>Note that the <code>array</code> environment can only be used in math mode, so +normally it is used inside an <code>equation</code> environment. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** center ************* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="center"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#description">description</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#array">array</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.2 center</h4> + +<p><a name="index-center-62"></a><a name="index-Centering-text_002c-environment-for-63"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{center} + Text on line 1 \\ + Text on line 2 \\ + . + . + . + \end{center} +</pre> + <p>The <code>center</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of +lines that are centred within the left and right margins on the current +page. Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005ccentering">\centering</a>: The declaration form of the <code>center</code> environment. +</ul> + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- ** \centering *** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ccentering"></a>Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#center">center</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.2.1 \centering</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005ccentering-64"></a><a name="index-Centering-text-65"></a><a name="index-Formatting-Text-66"></a> +This declaration corresponds to the <code>center</code> environment. This +declaration can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> or in +a <code>parbox</code>. The text of a figure or table can be centred on the +page by putting a <code>\centering</code> command at the beginning of the +figure or table environment. + + <p>Unlike the <code>center</code> environment, the <code>\centering</code> command does +not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph +units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the +declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code> command (of an +environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** description ******** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="description"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#center">center</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.3 description</h4> + +<p><a name="index-description-67"></a><a name="index-Labelled-lists_002c-creating-68"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{description} + \item [label] First item + \item [label] Second item + . + . + . + \end{description} +</pre> + <p>The <code>description</code> environment is used to make labelled lists. The +<code>label</code> is bold face and flushed right. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** enumerate ********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="enumerate"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#description">description</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.4 enumerate</h4> + +<p><a name="index-enumerate-69"></a><a name="index-Lists-of-items_002c-numbered-70"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{enumerate} + \item First item + \item Second item + . + . + . + \end{enumerate} +</pre> + <p>The <code>enumerate</code> environment produces a numbered list. Enumerations +can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also +be nested within other paragraph-making environments. + + <p>Each item of an enumerated list begins with an <code>\item</code> command. +There must be at least one <code>\item</code> command within the environment. + + <p>The <code>enumerate</code> environment uses the <code>enumi</code> through +<code>enumiv</code> counters (see <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>). The type of numbering can be +changed by redefining <code>\theenumi</code> etc. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** eqnarray *********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="eqnarray"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#equation">equation</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.5 eqnarray</h4> + +<p><a name="index-eqnarray-71"></a><a name="index-Equations_002c-aligning-72"></a><a name="index-Aligning-Equations-73"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{eqnarray} + math formula 1 \\ + math formula 2 \\ + . + . + . + \end{eqnarray} +</pre> + <p>The <code>eqnarray</code> environment is used to display a sequence of +equations or inequalities. It is very much like a three-column +<code>array</code> environment, with consecutive rows separated by <code>\\</code> +and consecutive items within a row separated by an <code>&</code>. + + <p>An equation number is placed on every line unless that line has a +<code>\nonumber</code> command. + + <p><a name="index-_005clefteqn-74"></a> +The command <code>\lefteqn</code> is used for splitting long formulas across +lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of +zero width. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** equation *********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="equation"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#figure">figure</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.6 equation</h4> + +<p><a name="index-equation-75"></a><a name="index-Equations_002c-environment-for-76"></a><a name="index-Formulae_002c-environment-for-77"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{equation} + math formula + \end{equation} +</pre> + <p>The <code>equation</code> environment centres your equation on the page and places +the equation number in the right margin. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** figure ************* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="figure"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#equation">equation</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.7 figure</h4> + +<p><a name="index-figure-78"></a><a name="index-Inserting-figures-79"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{figure}[placement] + + body of the figure + + \caption{figure title} + \end{figure} +</pre> + <p><a name="index-_005ccaption-80"></a>Figures are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are +usually “floated” to a convenient place, like the top of a page. +Figures will not be split between two pages. + + <p>The optional argument <code>[placement]</code> determines where LaTeX will try +to place your figure. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly +put a float: + + <ol type=1 start=1> +<li><code>h</code> (Here) - at the position in the text where the figure +environment appears. +<li><code>t</code> (Top) - at the top of a text page. +<li><code>b</code> (Bottom) - at the bottom of a text page. +<li><code>p</code> (Page of floats) - on a separate float page, which is a page +containing no text, only floats. + </ol> + + <p>The standard report and article classes use the default placement +<code>tbp</code>. + + <p>The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, etc. +you wish. The <code>\caption</code> command allows you to title your figure. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** flushleft ********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="flushleft"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#flushright">flushright</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#figure">figure</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.8 flushleft</h4> + +<p><a name="index-flushleft-81"></a><a name="index-Left_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for-82"></a><a name="index-Ragged-right-text_002c-environment-for-83"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{flushleft} + Text on line 1 \\ + Text on line 2 \\ + . + . + . + \end{flushleft} +</pre> + <p>The <code>flushleft</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph +consisting of lines that are flushed left, to the left-hand margin. +Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a>: The declaration form of the <code>flushleft</code> environment. +</ul> + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- * \raggedright ** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005craggedright"></a>Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#flushleft">flushleft</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.8.1 \raggedright</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005craggedright-84"></a><a name="index-Ragged-right-text-85"></a><a name="index-Left_002djustifying-text-86"></a><a name="index-Justification_002c-ragged-right-87"></a> +This declaration corresponds to the <code>flushleft</code> environment. This +declaration can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> or in +a <code>parbox</code>. + + <p>Unlike the <code>flushleft</code> environment, the <code>\raggedright</code> command +does not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats +paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the +declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code> command (of an +environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** flushright ********* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="flushright"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#itemize">itemize</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.9 flushright</h4> + +<p><a name="index-flushright-88"></a><a name="index-Ragged-left-text_002c-environment-for-89"></a><a name="index-Right_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for-90"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{flushright} + Text on line 1 \\ + Text on line 2 \\ + . + . + . + \end{flushright} +</pre> + <p>The <code>flushright</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph +consisting of lines that are flushed right, to the right-hand margin. +Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a>: The declaration form of the <code>flushright</code> environment. +</ul> + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- * \raggedleft *** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005craggedleft"></a>Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#flushright">flushright</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.9.1 \raggedleft</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005craggedleft-91"></a><a name="index-Ragged-left-text-92"></a><a name="index-Justification_002c-ragged-left-93"></a><a name="index-Right_002djustifying-text-94"></a> +This declaration corresponds to the <code>flushright</code> environment. This +declaration can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> or in +a <code>parbox</code>. + + <p>Unlike the <code>flushright</code> environment, the <code>\raggedleft</code> command +does not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats +paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the +declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code> command (of an +environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** itemize ************ --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="itemize"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#letter">letter</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#flushright">flushright</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.10 itemize</h4> + +<p><a name="index-itemize-95"></a><a name="index-_005citem-96"></a><a name="index-Lists-of-items-97"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{itemize} + \item First item + \item Second item + . + . + . + \end{itemize} +</pre> + <p>The <code>itemize</code> environment produces a “bulleted” list. Itemizations +can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also +be nested within other paragraph-making environments. + + <p>Each item of an <code>itemized</code> list begins with an <code>\item</code> command. +There must be at least one <code>\item</code> command within the environment. + + <p>The <code>itemize</code> environment uses the <code>itemi</code> through +<code>itemiv</code> counters (see <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>). The type of numbering can be +changed by redefining <code>\theitemi</code> etc. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** letter ************ --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="letter"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#list">list</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#itemize">itemize</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.11 letter</h4> + +<p><a name="index-letter-98"></a> +This environment is used for creating letters. See <a href="#Letters">Letters</a>. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** list *************** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="list"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#minipage">minipage</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#letter">letter</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.12 list</h4> + +<p><a name="index-list-99"></a><a name="index-Lists-of-items_002c-generic-100"></a> +The <code>list</code> environment is a generic environment which is used for +defining many of the more specific environments. It is seldom used in +documents, but often in macros. + +<pre class="example"> \begin{list}{label}{spacing} + \item First item + \item Second item + . + . + . + \end{list} +</pre> + <p>The <code>{label}</code> argument specifies how items should be labelled. +This argument is a piece of text that is inserted in a box to form the +label. This argument can and usually does contain other LaTeX commands. + + <p>The <code>{spacing}</code> argument contains commands to change the spacing +parameters for the list. This argument will most often be null, i.e., +<code>{}</code>. This will select all default spacing which should suffice +for most cases. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** minipage *********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="minipage"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#picture">picture</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#list">list</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.13 minipage</h4> + +<p><a name="index-minipage-101"></a><a name="index-Footnotes-in-figures-102"></a><a name="index-Figures_002c-footnotes-in-103"></a><a name="index-Minipage_002c-creating-a-104"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{minipage}[position]{width} + text + \end{minipage} +</pre> + <p>The <code>minipage</code> environment is similar to a <code>\parbox</code> command. +It takes the same optional <code>position</code> argument and mandatory +<code>width</code> argument. You may use other paragraph-making environments +inside a minipage. + + <p>Footnotes in a <code>minipage</code> environment are handled in a way that is +particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables. A +<code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotetext</code> command puts the footnote at +the bottom of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the page, and it +uses the <code>mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the ordinary +<code>footnote</code> counter See <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>. + + <p>NOTE: Don't put one minipage inside another if you are using footnotes; +they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** picture ************ --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="picture"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#quotation">quotation</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#minipage">minipage</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.14 picture</h4> + +<p><a name="index-picture-105"></a><a name="index-Creating-pictures-106"></a><a name="index-Pictures_002c-creating-107"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset) + . + . + picture commands + . + . + \end{picture} +</pre> + <p>The <code>picture</code> environment allows you to create just about any kind +of picture you want containing text, lines, arrows and circles. You +tell LaTeX where to put things in the picture by specifying their +coordinates. A coordinate is a number that may have a decimal point and +a minus sign — a number like <code>5</code>, <code>2.3</code> or <code>-3.1416</code>. A +coordinate specifies a length in multiples of the unit length +<code>\unitlength</code>, so if <code>\unitlength</code> has been set to <code>1cm</code>, +then the coordinate 2.54 specifies a length of 2.54 centimetres. You +can change the value of <code>\unitlength</code> anywhere you want, using the +<code>\setlength</code> command, but strange things will happen if you try +changing it inside the picture environment. + + <p>A position is a pair of coordinates, such as <code>(2.4,-5)</code>, specifying +the point with x-coordinate <code>2.4</code> and y-coordinate <code>-5</code>. +Coordinates are specified in the usual way with respect to an origin, +which is normally at the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that +when a position appears as an argument, it is not enclosed in braces; +the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. + + <p>The <code>picture</code> environment has one mandatory argument, which is a +<code>position</code>. It specifies the size of the picture. The environment +produces a rectangular box with width and height determined by this +argument's x- and y-coordinates. + + <p>The <code>picture</code> environment also has an optional <code>position</code> +argument, following the <code>size</code> argument, that can change the +origin. (Unlike ordinary optional arguments, this argument is not +contained in square brackets.) The optional argument gives the +coordinates of the point at the lower-left corner of the picture +(thereby determining the origin). For example, if <code>\unitlength</code> +has been set to <code>1mm</code>, the command +<pre class="example"> \begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20) +</pre> + <p>produces a picture of width 100 millimetres and height 200 +millimetres, whose lower-left corner is the point (10,20) and whose +upper-right corner is therefore the point (110,220). When you first +draw a picture, you will omit the optional argument, leaving the origin +at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your picture by +shifting everything, you just add the appropriate optional argument. + + <p>The environment's mandatory argument determines the nominal size of the +picture. This need bear no relation to how large the picture really is; +LaTeX will happily allow you to put things outside the picture, or even +off the page. The picture's nominal size is used by LaTeX in determining +how much room to leave for it. + + <p>Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the <code>\put</code> +command. The command +<pre class="example"> \put (11.3,-.3){...} +</pre> + <p>puts the object specified by <code>...</code> in the picture, with its +reference point at coordinates (11.3,-.3). The reference points for +various objects will be described below. + + <p>The <code>\put</code> command creates an <dfn>LR box</dfn>. You can put anything +in the text argument of the <code>\put</code> command that you'd put into the +argument of an <code>\mbox</code> and related commands. When you do this, the +reference point will be the lower left corner of the box. + + <p>Picture commands: + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005ccircle">\circle</a>: Draw a circle. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a>: Draw a dashed box. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cframe">\frame</a>: Draw a frame around an object. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a>: Draw a box with a frame around it. +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005cline">\line</a>: Draw a straight line. +<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a>: Set the line thickness. +<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>: Draw a box of the specified size. +<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005cmultiput">\multiput</a>: Draw multiple instances of an object. +<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005coval">\oval</a>: Draw an ellipse. +<li><a href="#_005cput">\put</a>: Place an object at a specified place. +<li><a href="#_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a>: Make a pile of objects. +<li><a href="#_005cvector">\vector</a>: Draw a line with an arrow. +</ul> + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \circle ***** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ccircle"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.1 \circle</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005ccircle-108"></a> +<code>\circle[*]{diameter}</code> + + <p>The <code>\circle</code> command produces a circle with a diameter as close to +the specified one as possible. If the <code>*</code>-form of the command is +used, LaTeX draws a solid circle. + + <p>Note that only circles up to 40 pt can be drawn. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \dashbox **** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cdashbox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cframe">\frame</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccircle">\circle</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.2 \dashbox</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cdashbox-109"></a> +Draws a box with a dashed line. + + <p><code>\dashbox{dash_length}(width,height){...}</code> + + <p>The <code>\dashbox</code> has an extra argument which specifies the width of +each dash. A dashed box looks best when the <code>width</code> and +<code>height</code> are multiples of the <code>dash_length</code>. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \frame ****** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cframe"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.3 \frame</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cframe-110"></a> +<code>\frame{...}</code> + + <p>The <code>\frame</code> command puts a rectangular frame around the object +specified in the argument. The reference point is the bottom left +corner of the frame. No extra space is put between the frame and the +object. + +<!-- ************************** --> +<!-- *** \framebox (picture) ** --> +<!-- ************************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cline">\line</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cframe">\frame</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.4 \framebox</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cframebox-111"></a> +<code>\framebox(width,height)[position]{...}</code> + + <p>The <code>\framebox</code> command is exactly the same as the <code>\makebox</code> +command, except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that +it creates. + + <p>The <code>framebox</code> command produces a rule of thickness +<code>\fboxrule</code>, and leaves a space <code>\fboxsep</code> between the rule +and the contents of the box. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \line ******* --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cline"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.5 \line</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cline-112"></a> +<code>\line(x slope,y slope){length}</code> + + <p>The <code>\line</code> command draws a line of the specified <code>length</code> and +<code>slope</code>. + + <p>Note that LaTeX can only draw lines with slope = x/y, where x and y +have integer values from -6 through 6. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- * \linethickness * --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005clinethickness"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cline">\line</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.6 \linethickness</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005clinethickness-113"></a> +<code>\linethickness{dimension}</code> + + <p>Declares the thickness of horizontal and vertical lines in a picture +environment to be <code>dimension</code>, which must be a positive length. It +does not affect the thickness of slanted lines and circles, or the +quarter circles drawn by <code>\oval</code> to form the corners of an oval. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- *** \makebox (picture) ** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmultiput">\multiput</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.7 \makebox</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-114"></a> +<code>\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}</code> + + <p>The <code>\makebox</code> command for the picture environment is similar to +the normal <code>\makebox</code> command except that you must specify a +<code>width</code> and <code>height</code> in multiples of <code>\unitlength</code>. + + <p>The optional argument, <code>[position]</code>, specifies the quadrant that +your text appears in. You may select up to two of the following: + + <ul> +<li><code>t</code> - Moves the item to the top of the rectangle +<li><code>b</code> - Moves the item to the bottom +<li><code>l</code> - Moves the item to the left +<li><code>r</code> - Moves the item to the right +</ul> + + <p>See <a href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a>. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \multiput *** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmultiput"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005coval">\oval</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.8 \multiput</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cmultiput-115"></a> +<code>\multiput(x coord,y coord)(delta x,delta y){number of copies}{object}</code> + + <p>The <code>\multiput</code> command can be used when you are putting the same +object in a regular pattern across a picture. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \oval ***** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005coval"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cput">\put</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmultiput">\multiput</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.9 \oval</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005coval-116"></a> +<code>\oval(width,height)[portion]</code> + + <p>The <code>\oval</code> command produces a rectangle with rounded corners. The +optional argument, <code>[portion]</code>, allows you to select part of the +oval. + + <ul> +<li><code>t</code> - Selects the top portion +<li><code>b</code> - Selects the bottom portion +<li><code>r</code> - Selects the right portion +<li><code>l</code> - Selects the left portion +</ul> + + <p>Note that the “corners” of the oval are made with quarter circles with +a maximum radius of 20 pt, so large “ovals” will look more like boxes +with rounded corners. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \put ******** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cput"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005coval">\oval</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.10 \put</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cput-117"></a> +<code>\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }</code> + + <p>The <code>\put</code> command places the item specified by the mandatory +argument at the given coordinates. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \shortstack * --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cshortstack"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvector">\vector</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cput">\put</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.11 \shortstack</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cshortstack-118"></a> +<code>\shortstack[position]{... \\ ... \\ ...}</code> + + <p>The <code>\shortstack</code> command produces a stack of objects. The valid +positions are: + + <ul> +<li><code>r</code> - Moves the objects to the right of the stack +<li><code>l</code> - Moves the objects to the left of the stack +<li><code>c</code> - Moves the objects to the centre of the stack (default) +</ul> + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \vector ***** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cvector"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.12 \vector</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cvector-119"></a> +<code>\vector(x slope,y slope){length}</code> + + <p>The <code>\vector</code> command draws a line with an arrow of the specified +length and slope. The <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> values must lie between -4 +and +4, inclusive. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** quotation ********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="quotation"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#quote">quote</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#picture">picture</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.15 quotation</h4> + +<p><a name="index-quotation-120"></a><a name="index-Quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying-121"></a><a name="index-Displaying-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation-122"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{quotation} + text + \end{quotation} +</pre> + <p>The margins of the <code>quotation</code> environment are indented on the left +and the right. The text is justified at both margins and there is +paragraph indentation. Leaving a blank line between text produces a new +paragraph. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** quote ************** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="quote"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#tabbing">tabbing</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#quotation">quotation</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.16 quote</h4> + +<p><a name="index-quote-123"></a><a name="index-Quoted-text_002c-displaying-124"></a><a name="index-Displaying-quoted-text-125"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{quote} + text + \end{quote} +</pre> + <p>The margins of the <code>quote</code> environment are indented on the left and +the right. The text is justified at both margins. Leaving a blank line +between text produces a new paragraph. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** tabbing ************ --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="tabbing"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#table">table</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#quote">quote</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.17 tabbing</h4> + +<p><a name="index-tabbing-126"></a><a name="index-Tab-stops_002c-using-127"></a><a name="index-Lining-text-up-in-columns-using-tab-stops-128"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{tabbing} + text \= more text \= still more text \= last text \\ + second row \> \> more \\ + . + . + . + \end{tabbing} +</pre> + <p>The <code>tabbing</code> environment provides a way to align text in columns. +It works by setting tab stops and tabbing to them much the way you do +with an ordinary typewriter. + + <p>It is best suited for cases where the width of each column is constant +and known in advance. + + <p>This environment can be broken across pages, unlike the <code>tabular</code> +environment. + + <p>The following commands can be used inside a <code>tabbing</code> enviroment: + + <dl> +<dt><code>\=</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_003d-129"></a> +Sets a tab stop at the current position. + + <br><dt><code>\></code><dd><a name="index-_005c_003e-130"></a> +Advances to the next tab stop. + + <br><dt><code>\<</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_003c-131"></a> +This command allows you to put something to the left of the +local margin without changing the margin. +Can only be used at the start of the line. + + <br><dt><code>\+</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_002b-132"></a> +Moves the left margin of the next and all the +following commands one tab stop to the right. + + <br><dt><code>\-</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_002d-_0028tabbing_0029-133"></a> +Moves the left margin of the next and all the +following commands one tab stop to the left. + + <br><dt><code>\'</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029-134"></a> +Moves everything that you have typed so far in the +current column, i.e. everything from the most recent <code>\></code>, +<code>\<</code>, <code>\'</code>, <code>\\</code>, or <code>\kill</code> command, to the right +of the previous column, flush against the current column's tab stop. + + <br><dt><code>\`</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029-135"></a> +Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab +stop 0. However, it can't move text to the right of the last column +because there's no tab stop there. The <code>\`</code> command moves all the +text that follows it, up to the <code>\\</code> or <code>\end{tabbing}</code> +command that ends the line, to the right margin of the tabbing +environment. There must be no <code>\></code> or <code>\'</code> command between +the <code>\`</code> and the command that ends the line. + + <br><dt><code>\kill</code><dd><a name="index-_005ckill-136"></a> +Sets tab stops without producing +text. Works just like <code>\\</code> except that it throws away the +current line instead of producing output for it. The effect of any +<code>\=</code>, <code>\+</code> or <code>\-</code> commands in that line remain in +effect. + + <br><dt><code>\pushtabs</code><dd><a name="index-_005cpushtabs-137"></a> +Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for +temporarily changing tab stop positions in the middle of a +<code>tabbing</code> environment. + + <br><dt><code>\poptabs</code><dd><a name="index-_005cpoptabs-138"></a> +Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <code>\pushtabs</code>. + + <br><dt><code>\a</code><dd><a name="index-_005ca-139"></a> +In a <code>tabbing</code> environment, the commands <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> and +<code>\`</code> do not produce accents as normal. Instead, the commands +<code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> and <code>\a`</code> are used. +</dl> + + <p>This example typesets a Pascal function in a traditional format: + +<pre class="example"> \begin{tabbing} + function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ + \> begin \= \+ \\ + \> if \= n $>$ 1 then \+ \\ + fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\ + else \+ \\ + fact := 1; \-\- \\ + end;\\ + \end{tabbing} +</pre> + <!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** table ************** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="table"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#tabular">tabular</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#tabbing">tabbing</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.18 table</h4> + +<p><a name="index-table-140"></a><a name="index-Tables_002c-creating-141"></a><a name="index-Creating-tables-142"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{table}[placement] + + body of the table + + \caption{table title} + \end{table} +</pre> + <p>Tables are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are +usually “floated” to a convenient place, like the top of a page. +Tables will not be split between two pages. + + <p>The optional argument <code>[placement]</code> determines where LaTeX will try +to place your table. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly put +a float: + + <ul> +<li><code>h</code> : Here - at the position in the text where the table +environment appears. +<li><code>t</code> : Top - at the top of a text page. +<li><code>b</code> : Bottom - at the bottom of a text page. +<li><code>p</code> : Page of floats - on a separate float page, which is a page +containing no text, only floats. +</ul> + + <p>The standard <code>report</code> and <code>article</code> classes use the default +placement <code>[tbp]</code>. + + <p>The body of the table is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, etc., +you wish. The <code>\caption</code> command allows you to title your table. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** tabular ************ --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="tabular"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#table">table</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.19 tabular</h4> + +<p><a name="index-tabular-143"></a><a name="index-Lines-in-tables-144"></a><a name="index-Lining-text-up-in-tables-145"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{tabular}[pos]{cols} + column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ + . + . + . + \end{tabular} +</pre> + <p>or + +<pre class="example"> \begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols} + column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ + . + . + . + \end{tabular*} +</pre> + <p>These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of rows of +items, aligned vertically in columns. The mandatory and optional +arguments consist of: + + <dl> +<dt><code>width</code><dd>Specifies the width of the <code>tabular*</code> environment. There must be +rubber space between columns that can stretch to fill out the specified +width. +<br><dt><code>pos</code><dd>Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the centre of +the environment. + + <ul> +<li><code>t</code> - align on top row +<li><code>b</code> - align on bottom row +</ul> + + <br><dt><code>cols</code><dd>Specifies the column formatting. It consists of a sequence of the +following specifiers, corresponding to the sequence of columns and +intercolumn material. + + <ul> +<li><code>l</code> - A column of left-aligned items. +<li><code>r</code> - A column of right-aligned items. +<li><code>c</code> - A column of centred items. +<li><code>|</code> - A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment. +<li><code>@{text}</code> - This inserts <code>text</code> in every row. An @-expression +suppresses the intercolumn space normally inserted between columns; any +desired space between the inserted text and the adjacent items must be +included in text. An <code>\extracolsep{wd}</code> command in an +@-expression causes an extra space of width <code>wd</code> to appear to the +left of all subsequent columns, until countermanded by another +<code>\extracolsep</code> command. Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this +extra space is not suppressed by an @-expression. An +<code>\extracolsep</code> command can be used only in an @-expression in the +<code>cols</code> argument. +<li><code>p{wd}</code> - Produces a column with each item typeset in a parbox of +width <code>wd</code>, as if it were the argument of a <code>\parbox[t]{wd}</code> +command. However, a <code>\\</code> may not appear in the item, except in the +following situations: + <ol type=1 start=1> +<li>inside an environment like <code>minipage</code>, <code>array</code>, or <code>tabular</code>. +<li>inside an explicit <code>\parbox</code>. +<li>in the scope of a <code>\centering</code>, <code>\raggedright</code>, or <code>\raggedleft</code> +declaration. The latter declarations must appear inside braces or an +environment when used in a <code>p</code>-column element. + </ol> +<li><code>*{num}{cols}</code> - Equivalent to <code>num</code> copies of +<code>cols</code>, where <code>num</code> is any positive integer and <code>cols</code> is +any list of column-specifiers, which may contain another +<code>*-expression</code>. + + </ul> + + </dl> + + <p>These commands can be used inside a <code>tabular</code> environment: + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005ccline">\cline</a>: Draw a horizontal line spanning some columns. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005chline">\hline</a>: Draw a horizontal line spanning all columns. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a>: Make an item spanning several columns. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cvline">\vline</a>: Draw a vertical line. +</ul> + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \cline **** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ccline"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chline">\hline</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#tabular">tabular</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.19.1 \cline</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005ccline-146"></a> +<code>\cline{i-j}</code> + + <p>The <code>\cline</code> command draws horizontal lines across the columns +specified, beginning in column <code>i</code> and ending in column <code>j</code>, +which are identified in the mandatory argument. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \hline **** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005chline"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccline">\cline</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#tabular">tabular</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.19.2 \hline</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005chline-147"></a> +The <code>\hline</code> command will draw a horizontal line the width of the +table. It's most commonly used to draw a line at the top, bottom, and +between the rows of the table. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- ** \multicolumn * --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmulticolumn"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvline">\vline</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chline">\hline</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#tabular">tabular</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.19.3 \multicolumn</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cmulticolumn-148"></a> +<code>\multicolumn{cols}{pos}{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\multicolumn</code> is used to make an entry that spans several +columns. The first mandatory argument, <code>cols</code>, specifies the +number of columns to span. The second mandatory argument, <code>pos</code>, +specifies the formatting of the entry; <code>c</code> for centred, <code>l</code> +for flushleft, <code>r</code> for flushright. The third mandatory argument, +<code>text</code>, specifies what text is to make up the entry. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \vline **** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cvline"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#tabular">tabular</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.19.4 \vline</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cvline-149"></a> +The <code>\vline</code> command will draw a vertical line extending the full +height and depth of its row. An <code>\hfill</code> command can be used to +move the line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an +@-expression. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** thebibliography **** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="thebibliography"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#theorem">theorem</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#tabular">tabular</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.20 thebibliography</h4> + +<p><a name="index-thebibliography-150"></a><a name="index-Bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029-151"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{thebibliography}{widest-label} + \bibitem[label]{cite_key} + . + . + . + \end{thebibliography} +</pre> + <p>The <code>thebibliography</code> environment produces a bibliography or +reference list. In the <code>article</code> class, this reference list is +labelled “References”; in the <code>report</code> class, it is labelled +“Bibliography”. + + <ul> +<li><code>widest-label</code>: Text that, when printed, is approximately as wide +as the widest item label produces by the <code>\bibitem</code> commands. +</ul> + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a>: Specify a bibliography item. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005ccite">\cite</a>: Refer to a bibliography item. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cnocite">\nocite</a>: Include an item in the bibliography. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>: Automatic generation of bibliographies. +</ul> + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \bibitem **** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cbibitem"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ccite">\cite</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.20.1 \bibitem</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cbibitem-152"></a> +<code>\bibitem[label]{cite_key}</code> + + <p>The <code>\bibitem</code> command generates an entry labelled by <code>label</code>. +If the <code>label</code> argument is missing, a number is generated as the +<code>label</code>, using the <code>enumi</code> counter. The <code>cite_key</code> is +any sequence of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols not containing +a comma. This command writes an entry on the <span class="file">.aux</span> file +containing <code>cite_key</code> and the item's <code>label</code>. When this +<span class="file">.aux</span> file is read by the <code>\begin{document}</code> command, the +item's <code>label</code> is associated with <code>cite_key</code>, causing the +reference to <code>cite_key</code> by a <code>\cite</code> command to produce the +associated <code>label</code>. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \cite ******* --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ccite"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnocite">\nocite</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.20.2 \cite</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005ccite-153"></a> +<code>\cite[text]{key_list}</code> + + <p>The <code>key_list</code> argument is a list of citation keys. This command +generates an in-text citation to the references associated with the keys +in <code>key_list</code> by entries on the <span class="file">.aux</span> file read by the +<code>\begin{document}</code> command. + + <p>The optional <code>text</code> argument will appear after the citation, +i.e. <code>\cite[p. 2]{knuth}</code> might produce `[Knuth, p. 2]'. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \nocite ***** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnocite"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccite">\cite</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.20.3 \nocite</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnocite-154"></a> +<code>\nocite{key_list}</code> + + <p>The <code>\nocite</code> command produces no text, but writes <code>key_list</code>, +which is a list of one or more citation keys, on the <span class="file">.aux</span> file. + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- *** Using BibTeX ***** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Using-BibTeX"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnocite">\nocite</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.20.4 Using BibTeX</h5> + +<p><a name="index-Using-BibTeX-155"></a><a name="index-BibTeX_002c-using-156"></a><a name="index-Bibliography_002c-creating-_0028automatically_0029-157"></a><a name="index-_005cbibliographystyle-158"></a><a name="index-_005cbibliography-159"></a> +If you use the BibTeX program by Oren Patashnik (highly recommended if +you need a bibliography of more than a couple of titles) to maintain +your bibliography, you don't use the <code>thebibliography</code> +environment. Instead, you include the lines + +<pre class="example"> \bibliographystyle{style} + \bibliography{bibfile} +</pre> + <p>where <code>style</code> refers to a file <code>style.bst</code>, which defines how +your citations will look. The standard styles distributed with BibTeX +are: + + <dl> +<dt><code>alpha</code><dd>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from name of author and year of +publication. +<br><dt><code>plain</code><dd>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are numeric. +<br><dt><code>unsrt</code><dd>Like <code>plain</code>, but entries are in order of citation. +<br><dt><code>abbrv</code><dd>Like <code>plain</code>, but more compact labels. +</dl> + + <p>In addition, numerous other BibTeX style files exist tailored to the +demands of various publications. + + <p>The argument to <code>\bibliography</code> refers to the file +<code>bibfile.bib</code>, which should contain your database in BibTeX +format. Only the entries referred to via <code>\cite</code> and <code>\nocite</code> +will be listed in the bibliography. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** theorem ************ --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="theorem"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.21 theorem</h4> + +<p><a name="index-theorem-160"></a><a name="index-Theorems_002c-typesetting-161"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{theorem} + theorem text + \end{theorem} +</pre> + <p>The <code>theorem</code> environment produces “Theorem x” in boldface followed +by your theorem text. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** titlepage ********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="titlepage"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#theorem">theorem</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.22 titlepage</h4> + +<p><a name="index-titlepage-162"></a><a name="index-Making-a-title-page-163"></a><a name="index-Title-pages_002c-creating-164"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{titlepage} + text + \end{titlepage} +</pre> + <p>The <code>titlepage</code> environment creates a title page, i.e. a page with no +printed page number or heading. It also causes the following page to be +numbered page one. Formatting the title page is left to you. The +<code>\today</code> command comes in handy for title pages. +<a name="index-_005ctoday-165"></a> +Note that you can use the <code>\maketitle</code> (see <a href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>) command to +produce a standard title page. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** verbatim *********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="verbatim"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#verse">verse</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.23 verbatim</h4> + +<p><a name="index-verbatim-166"></a><a name="index-Simulating-typed-text-167"></a><a name="index-Typed-text_002c-simulating-168"></a><a name="index-Programs_002c-typesetting-169"></a><a name="index-Computer-programs_002c-typesetting-170"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{verbatim} + text + \end{verbatim} +</pre> + <p>The <code>verbatim</code> environment is a paragraph-making environment that +gets LaTeX to print exactly what you type in. It turns LaTeX into a +typewriter with carriage returns and blanks having the same effect that +they would on a typewriter. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cverb">\verb</a>: The macro form of the <code>verbatim</code> environment. +</ul> + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \verb ******* --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cverb"></a>Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#verbatim">verbatim</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.23.1 \verb</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cverb-171"></a><a name="index-Verbatim-text-172"></a> + + <p><code>\verb char literal_text char</code> + + <p><code>\verb*char literal_text char</code> + + <p>Typesets <code>literal_text</code> exactly as typed, including special +characters and spaces, using a typewriter (<code>\tt</code>) type style. +There may be no space between <code>\verb</code> or <code>\verb*</code> and +<code>char</code> (space is shown here only for clarity). The <code>*-form</code> +differs only in that spaces are printed + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** verse ************** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="verse"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.24 verse</h4> + +<p><a name="index-verse-173"></a><a name="index-Poetry_002c-an-environment-for-174"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{verse} + text + \end{verse} +</pre> + <p>The <code>verse</code> environment is designed for poetry, though you may find +other uses for it. + + <p>The margins are indented on the left and the right. Separate the lines +of each stanza with <code>\\</code>, and use one or more blank lines to +separate the stanzas. + +<!-- ************************************ --> +<!-- **** LEVEL2 Starts Here again. **** --> +<!-- ************************************ --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** Footnotes ********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Footnotes"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Layout">Layout</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Environments">Environments</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.7 Footnotes</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Footnotes_002c-creating-175"></a> +Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be +produced with one command, the <code>\footnote</code> command. They can also +be produced with two commands, the <code>\footnotemark</code> and the +<code>\footnotetext</code> commands. See the specific command for information +on why you would use one over the other. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cfootnote">\footnote</a>: Insert a footnote. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a>: Insert footnote mark only. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cfootnotetext">\footnotetext</a>: Insert footnote text only. +</ul> + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- **** \footnote ******* --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cfootnote"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.7.1 \footnote</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cfootnote-176"></a> +<code>\footnote[number]{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\footnote</code> command places the numbered footnote <code>text</code> at +the bottom of the current page. The optional argument, <code>number</code>, +is used to change the default footnote number. This command can only be +used in outer paragraph mode; i.e., you cannot use it in sectioning +commands like <code>\chapter</code>, in figures, tables or in a <code>tabular</code> +environment. + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- **** \footnotemark *** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cfootnotemark"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfootnotetext">\footnotetext</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfootnote">\footnote</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.7.2 \footnotemark</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cfootnotemark-177"></a> +The <code>\footnotemark</code> command puts the footnote <code>number</code> in the +text. This command can be used in inner paragraph mode. The text of +the footnote is supplied by the <code>\footnotetext</code> command. + + <p>This command can be used to produce several consecutive footnote markers +referring to the same footnote by using + + <p><code>\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]</code> + + <p>after the first <code>\footnote</code> command. + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- **** \footnotetext *** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cfootnotetext"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.7.3 \footnotetext</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cfootnotetext-178"></a> +<code>\footnotetext[number]{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\footnotetext</code> command produces the <code>text</code> to be placed +at the bottom of the page. This command can come anywhere after the +<code>\footnotemark</code> command. The <code>\footnotetext</code> command must +appear in outer paragraph mode. + + <p>The optional argument, <code>number</code>, is used to change the default +footnote number. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- ******* Lengths ********* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Lengths"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Letters">Letters</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Layout">Layout</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.8 Lengths</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Lengths_002c-defining-and-using-179"></a> +A <code>length</code> is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a +length as an argument. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cnewlength">\newlength</a>: Define a new length. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a>: Set the value of a length. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a>: Add a quantity to a length. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a>: Set a length to the depth of something. +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a>: Set a length to the height of something. +<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a>: Set a length to the width of something. +<li><a accesskey="7" href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a>: Lengths that are, like, predefined. +</ul> + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- **** \newlength ****** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnewlength"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.8.1 \newlength</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnewlength-180"></a><a name="index-Lengths_002c-defining-a-new-181"></a> +<code>\newlength{\gnat}</code> + + <p>The <code>\newlength</code> command defines the mandatory argument, +<code>\gnat</code>, as a <code>length</code> command with a value of <code>0in</code>. An +error occurs if a <code>\gnat</code> command already exists. + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- **** \setlength ****** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csetlength"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewlength">\newlength</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.8.2 \setlength</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csetlength-182"></a><a name="index-Lengths_002c-setting-value-of-183"></a> +<code>\setlength{\gnat}{length}</code> + + <p>The <code>\setlength</code> command is used to set the value of a +<code>length</code> command. The <code>length</code> argument can be expressed in +any terms of length LaTeX understands, i.e., inches (<code>in</code>), +millimetres (<code>mm</code>), points (<code>pt</code>), etc. + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- **** \addtolength **** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005caddtolength"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.8.3 \addtolength</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005caddtolength-184"></a><a name="index-Lengths_002c-adding-to-185"></a> +<code>\addtolength{\gnat}{length}</code> + + <p>The <code>\addtolength</code> command increments a “length command” by the +amount specified in the <code>length</code> argument. It can be a negative +amount. + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- **** \settodepth ***** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csettodepth"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.8.4 \settodepth</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csettodepth-186"></a> +<code>\settodepth{\gnat}{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\settodepth</code> command sets the value of a <code>length</code> command +equal to the depth of the <code>text</code> argument. + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- **** \settoheight ***** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csettoheight"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.8.5 \settoheight</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csettoheight-187"></a> +<code>\settoheight{\gnat}{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\settoheight</code> command sets the value of a <code>length</code> command +equal to the height of the <code>text</code> argument. + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- **** \settowidth ***** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csettowidth"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.8.6 \settowidth</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csettowidth-188"></a> +<code>\settowidth{\gnat}{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\settowidth</code> command sets the value of a <code>length</code> command +equal to the width of the <code>text</code> argument. + +<!-- ***************************** --> +<!-- **** Predefined lengths ***** --> +<!-- ***************************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Predefined-lengths"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.8.7 Predefined lengths</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Lengths_002c-predefined-189"></a><a name="index-Predefined-lengths-190"></a> +<code>\width</code> +<a name="index-_005cwidth-191"></a> +<code>\height</code> +<a name="index-_005cheight-192"></a> +<code>\depth</code> +<a name="index-_005cdepth-193"></a> +<code>\totalheight</code> +<a name="index-_005ctotalheight-194"></a> +These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making +commands See <a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a>. They specify the natural width etc. of +the text in the box. <code>\totalheight</code> equals <code>\height</code> + +<code>\depth</code>. To make a box with the text stretched to double the +natural size, e.g., say + + <p><code>\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}</code> + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- ******* Letters ********* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Letters"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.9 Letters</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Letters-195"></a><a name="index-Creating-letters-196"></a> +You can use LaTeX to typeset letters, both personal and business. The +<code>letter</code> document class is designed to make a number of letters at +once, although you can make just one if you so desire. + + <p>Your <span class="file">.tex</span> source file has the same minimum commands as the other +document classes, i.e., you must have the following commands as a +minimum: + +<pre class="example"> \documentclass{letter} + \begin{document} + ... letters ... + \end{document} +</pre> + <p>Each letter is a <code>letter</code> environment, whose argument is the name +and address of the recipient. For example, you might have: + +<pre class="example"> \begin{letter}{Mr. Joe Smith\\ 2345 Princess St. + \\ Edinburgh, EH1 1AA} + ... + \end{letter} +</pre> + <p>The letter itself begins with the <code>\opening</code> command. The text of +the letter follows. It is typed as ordinary LaTeX input. Commands that +make no sense in a letter, like <code>\chapter</code>, do not work. The letter +closes with a <code>\closing</code> command. + + <p>After the <code>closing</code>, you can have additional material. The +<code>\cc</code> command produces the usual “cc: ...”. There's also a similar +<code>\encl</code> command for a list of enclosures. With both these commands, +use <code>\\</code> to separate the items. + + <p>These commands are used with the <code>letter</code> class: + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005caddress">\address</a>: Your return address. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005ccc">\cc</a>: Cc list. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a>: Saying goodbye. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cencl">\encl</a>: List of enclosed material. +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005clocation">\location</a>: Your organisation's address. +<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a>: Making address labels. +<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005cname">\name</a>: Your name, for the return address. +<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005copening">\opening</a>: Saying hello. +<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005cps">\ps</a>: Adding a postscript. +<li><a href="#_005csignature">\signature</a>: Your signature. +<li><a href="#_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a>: Allow page breaks. +<li><a href="#_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a>: Disallow page breaks. +<li><a href="#_005ctelephone">\telephone</a>: Your phone number. +</ul> + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- ** \address ** --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005caddress"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ccc">\cc</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Letters">Letters</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.1 \address</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005caddress-197"></a> +<code>\address{Return address}</code> + + <p>The return address, as it should appear on the letter and the envelope. +Separate lines of the address should be separated by <code>\\</code> commands. +If you do not make an <code>\address</code> declaration, then the letter will +be formatted for copying onto your organisation's standard letterhead. +(See <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>, for details on your local implementation). If you +give an <code>\address</code> declaration, then the letter will be formatted +as a personal letter. + +<!-- ************* --> +<!-- ** \cc ****** --> +<!-- ************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ccc"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddress">\address</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.2 \cc</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005ccc-198"></a><a name="index-Cc-list-199"></a> +<code>\cc{Kate Schechter\\Rob McKenna}</code> + + <p>Generate a list of other persons the letter was sent to. Each name is +printed on a separate line. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \closing ****** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cclosing"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cencl">\encl</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccc">\cc</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.3 \closing</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cclosing-200"></a><a name="index-Letters_002c-ending-201"></a> +<code>\closing{text}</code> + + <p>The letter closes with a <code>\closing</code> command, i.e., +<pre class="example"> \closing{Best Regards,} +</pre> + <!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \encl ****** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cencl"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005clocation">\location</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.4 \encl</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cencl-202"></a><a name="index-Enclosed-material-203"></a> +<code>\encl{CV\\Certificates}</code> + + <p>Generate a list of enclosed material. + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- * \location ** --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005clocation"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cencl">\encl</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.5 \location</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005clocation-204"></a> +<code>\location{address}</code> + + <p>This modifies your organisation's standard address. This only appears +if the <code>firstpage</code> pagestyle is selected. + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- * \makelabels * --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmakelabels"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cname">\name</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005clocation">\location</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.6 \makelabels</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cmakelabels-205"></a> +<code>\makelabels{number}</code> + + <p>If you issue this command in the preamble, LaTeX will create a sheet of +address labels. This sheet will be output before the letters. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \name ****** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cname"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005copening">\opening</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.7 \name</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cname-206"></a> +<code>\name{June Davenport}</code> + + <p>Your name, used for printing on the envelope together with the return +address. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \opening ****** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005copening"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cps">\ps</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cname">\name</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.8 \opening</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005copening-207"></a><a name="index-Letters_002c-starting-208"></a> +<code>\opening{text}</code> + + <p>The letter begins with the <code>\opening</code> command. The mandatory +argument, <code>text</code>, is whatever text you wish to start your letter, +i.e., +<pre class="example"> \opening{Dear Joe,} +</pre> + <!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \ps ****** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cps"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csignature">\signature</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005copening">\opening</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.9 \ps</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cps-209"></a> +<code>\ps</code> + + <p>Use this command before a postscript. + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- * \signature * --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csignature"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cps">\ps</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.10 \signature</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csignature-210"></a> +<code>\signature{Harvey Swick}</code> + + <p>Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter underneath the +space for your signature. Items that should go on separate lines should +be separated by <code>\\</code> commands. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \startbreaks ****** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cstartbreaks"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csignature">\signature</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.11 \startbreaks</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cstartbreaks-211"></a> +<code>\startbreaks</code> + + <p>Used after a <code>\stopbreaks</code> command to allow page breaks again. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \stopbreaks ****** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cstopbreaks"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ctelephone">\telephone</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.12 \stopbreaks</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cstopbreaks-212"></a> +<code>\stopbreaks</code> + + <p>Inhibit page breaks until a <code>\startbreaks</code> command occurs. + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- * \telephone * --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ctelephone"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.13 \telephone</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005ctelephone-213"></a> +<code>\telephone{number}</code> + + <p>This is your telephone number. This only appears if the +<code>firstpage</code> pagestyle is selected. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- * Line & Page Breaking ** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Line-_0026-Page-Breaking"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Letters">Letters</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.10 Line & Page Breaking</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Page-Breaking-214"></a><a name="index-Line-Breaking-215"></a><a name="index-Page-Formatting-216"></a> +The first thing LaTeX does when processing ordinary text is to +translate your input file into a string of glyphs and spaces. To +produce a printed document, this string must be broken into lines, and +these lines must be broken into pages. In some environments, you do the +line breaking yourself with the <code>\\</code> command, but LaTeX usually +does it for you. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005c_005c">\\</a>: Start a new line. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a>: Insert explicit hyphenation. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a>: Start a new right-hand page. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a>: Start a new page. +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a>: Enlarge the current page a bit. +<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a>: Be fussy about line breaking. +<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a>: Tell LaTeX how to hyphenate a word. +<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a>: Break the line. +<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a>: Break the line prematurely. +<li><a href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a>: Start a new page. +<li><a href="#_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</a>: Don't break the current line. +<li><a href="#_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</a>: Don't make a page break here. +<li><a href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a>: Please make a page break here. +<li><a href="#_005csloppy">\sloppy</a>: Be sloppy about line breaking. +</ul> + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ****** \\ ******** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005c_005c"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.1 \\</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005c_005c-217"></a><a name="index-New-line_002c-starting-218"></a> +<code>\\[*][extra-space]</code> + + <p>The <code>\\</code> command tells LaTeX to start a new line. It has an +optional argument, <code>extra-space</code>, that specifies how much extra +vertical space is to be inserted before the next line. This can be a +negative amount. + + <p>The <code>\\*</code> command is the same as the ordinary <code>\\</code> command +except that it tells LaTeX not to start a new page after the line. + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- ** \- (hyphenation) ** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005c_005c">\\</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.2 \-</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029-219"></a><a name="index-Hyphenation_002c-forcing-220"></a> +The <code>\-</code> command tells LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at that +point. LaTeX is very good at hyphenating, and it will usually find all +correct hyphenation points. The <code>\-</code> command is used for the +exceptional cases. + + <p>Note that when you insert <code>\-</code> commands in a word, the word will +only be hyphenated at those points and not at any of the hyphenation +points that LaTeX might otherwise have chosen. + +<!-- ******************** --> +<!-- * \cleardoublepage * --> +<!-- ******************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ccleardoublepage"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.3 \cleardoublepage</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005ccleardoublepage-221"></a><a name="index-Starting-on-a--right_002dhand-page-222"></a> +The <code>\cleardoublepage</code> command ends the current page and causes all +figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed. +In a two-sided printing style, it also makes the next page a right-hand +(odd-numbered) page, producing a blank page if necessary. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \clearpage **** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cclearpage"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.4 \clearpage</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cclearpage-223"></a><a name="index-Flushing-a-page-224"></a> +The <code>\clearpage</code> command ends the current page and causes all +figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \enlargethispage ** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cenlargethispage"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.5 \enlargethispage</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cenlargethispage-225"></a><a name="index-Enlarge-current-page-226"></a> +<code>\enlargethispage{size}</code> + + <p><code>\enlargethispage*{size}</code> + + <p>Enlarge the <code>\textheight</code> for the current page by the specified +amount; e.g. <code>\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}</code> will allow one +additional line. + + <p>The starred form tries to squeeze the material together on the page as +much as possible. This is normally used together with an explicit +<code>\pagebreak</code>. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cfussy"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.6 \fussy</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cfussy-227"></a> +<code>\fussy</code> + + <p>This declaration (which is the default) makes TeX more fussy about line +breaking. This can avoids too much space between words, but may produce +overfull boxes. + + <p>This command cancels the effect of a previous <code>\sloppy</code> command. <a href="#_005csloppy">\sloppy</a> + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \hyphenation ** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005chyphenation"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.7 \hyphenation</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005chyphenation-228"></a><a name="index-Hyphenation_002c-defining-229"></a> +<code>\hyphenation{words}</code> + + <p>The <code>\hyphenation</code> command declares allowed hyphenation points, +where <code>words</code> is a list of words, separated by spaces, in which +each hyphenation point is indicated by a <code>-</code> character. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \linebreak **** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005clinebreak"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.8 \linebreak</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005clinebreak-230"></a><a name="index-Line-breaks-231"></a> +<code>\linebreak[number]</code> + + <p>The <code>\linebreak</code> command tells LaTeX to break the current line at +the point of the command. With the optional argument, <code>number</code>, +you can convert the <code>\linebreak</code> command from a demand to a +request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The higher the +number, the more insistent the request is. + + <p>The <code>\linebreak</code> command causes LaTeX to stretch the line so it +extends to the right margin. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \newline ****** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnewline"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.9 \newline</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnewline-232"></a><a name="index-New-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029-233"></a> +The <code>\newline</code> command breaks the line right where it is. It can +only be used in paragraph mode. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \newpage ****** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnewpage"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.10 \newpage</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnewpage-234"></a><a name="index-New-Page-235"></a> +The <code>\newpage</code> command ends the current page. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- * \nolinebreak *** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnolinebreak"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.11 \nolinebreak</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnolinebreak-236"></a> +<code>\nolinebreak[number]</code> + + <p>The <code>\nolinebreak</code> command prevents LaTeX from breaking the current +line at the point of the command. With the optional argument, +<code>number</code>, you can convert the <code>\nolinebreak</code> command from a +demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The +higher the number, the more insistent the request is. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \nopagebreak ** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnopagebreak"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.12 \nopagebreak</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnopagebreak-237"></a> +<code>\nopagebreak[number]</code> + + <p>The <code>\nopagebreak</code> command prevents LaTeX from breaking the current +page at the point of the command. With the optional argument, +<code>number</code>, you can convert the <code>\nopagebreak</code> command from a +demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The +higher the number, the more insistent the request is. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \pagebreak **** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cpagebreak"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csloppy">\sloppy</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.13 \pagebreak</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cpagebreak-238"></a><a name="index-Page-break_002c-forcing-239"></a> +<code>\pagebreak[number]</code> + + <p>The <code>\pagebreak</code> command tells LaTeX to break the current page at +the point of the command. With the optional argument, <code>number</code>, +you can convert the <code>\pagebreak</code> command from a demand to a +request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The higher the +number, the more insistent the request is. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csloppy"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.14 \sloppy</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csloppy-240"></a> +<code>\sloppy</code> + + <p>This declaration makes TeX less fussy about line breaking. This can +prevent overfull boxes, but may leave too much space between words. + + <p>Lasts until a <code>\fussy</code> command is issued. <a href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a>. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- *** Making Paragraphs *** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Making-Paragraphs"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.11 Making Paragraphs</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Making-paragraphs-241"></a><a name="index-Paragraphs-242"></a> +A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines — lines not +containing even a <code>%</code>. A blank line should not appear where a new +paragraph cannot be started, such as in math mode or in the argument of +a sectioning command. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cindent">\indent</a>: Indent this paragraph. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a>: Do not indent this paragraph. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cpar">\par</a>: Another way of writing a blank line. +</ul> + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \indent ******* --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cindent"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.11.1 \indent</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cindent-243"></a><a name="index-Indent_002c-forcing-244"></a> +<code>\indent</code> + + <p>This produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width of the +paragraph indentation. It is used to add paragraph indentation where it +would otherwise be suppressed. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \noindent ***** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnoindent"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpar">\par</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cindent">\indent</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.11.2 \noindent</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnoindent-245"></a><a name="index-Indent_002c-suppressing-246"></a> +<code>\noindent</code> + + <p>When used at the beginning of the paragraph, it suppresses the paragraph +indentation. It has no effect when used in the middle of a paragraph. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \par ********** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cpar"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.11.3 \par</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cpar-247"></a><a name="index-Paragraph_002c-starting-a-new-248"></a> +Equivalent to a blank line; often used to make command or environment +definitions easier to read. + +<!-- ******************** --> +<!-- *** Margin Notes *** --> +<!-- ******************** --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Margin-Notes"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.12 Margin Notes</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Margin-Notes-249"></a><a name="index-Notes-in-the-margin-250"></a><a name="index-Remarks-in-the-margin-251"></a> +The command <code>\marginpar[left]{right}</code> creates a note in the margin. +The first line will be at the same height as the line in the text where +the <code>\marginpar</code> occurs. + + <p>When you only specify the mandatory argument <code>right</code>, the text will +be placed + + <ul> +<li>in the right margin for one-sided layout +<li>in the outside margin for two-sided layout +<li>in the nearest margin for two-column layout. +</ul> + + <p>By issuing the command <code>\reversemarginpar</code>, you can force the marginal +notes to go into the opposite (inside) margin. + + <p>When you specify both arguments, <code>left</code> is used for the left +margin, and <code>right</code> is used for the right margin. + + <p>The first word will normally not be hyphenated; you can enable +hyphenation by prefixing the first word with a <code>\hspace{0pt}</code> +command. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** Math Formulae ****** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Math-Formulae"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Modes">Modes</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.13 Math Formulae</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Math-Formulae-252"></a><a name="index-Formulae_002c-maths-253"></a><a name="index-Math-mode_002c-entering-254"></a><a name="index-_005c_0028-255"></a><a name="index-_005c_0029-256"></a><a name="index-_005c_005b-257"></a><a name="index-_005c_005d-258"></a><a name="index-_0024-259"></a> +There are three environments that put LaTeX in math mode: + + <dl> +<dt><code>math</code><dd>For Formulae that appear right in the text. +<br><dt><code>displaymath</code><dd>For Formulae that appear on their own line. +<br><dt><code>equation</code><dd>The same as the displaymath environment except that it adds an equation +number in the right margin. +</dl> + + <p>The <code>math</code> environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode, +but the <code>displaymath</code> and <code>equation</code> environments can be used +only in paragraph mode. The <code>math</code> and <code>displaymath</code> +environments are used so often that they have the following short forms: + +<pre class="example"> \(...\) instead of \begin{math}...\end{math} + + \[...\] instead of \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath} +</pre> + <p>In fact, the <code>math</code> environment is so common that it has an even +shorter form: + +<pre class="example"> $ ... $ instead of \(...\) +</pre> + <p><a name="index-exponent-260"></a> + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts & Superscripts</a>: Also known as exponent or index. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a>: Various mathematical squiggles. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a>: Thick, medium, thin and negative spaces. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a>: Stuff that doesn't fit anywhere else. +</ul> + +<!-- ***************************** --> +<!-- * Subscripts & Superscripts * --> +<!-- ***************************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.13.1 Subscripts & Superscripts</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Superscript-261"></a><a name="index-Subscript-262"></a><a name="index-_005f-263"></a><a name="index-_005e-264"></a> +To get an expression <i>exp</i> to appear as a subscript, you just type +<code>_{</code><i>exp</i><code>}</code>. To get <i>exp</i> to appear as a superscript, you type +<code>^{</code><i>exp</i><code>}</code>. LaTeX handles superscripted superscripts and all of +that stuff in the natural way. It even does the right thing when +something has both a subscript and a superscript. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** Math Symbols ** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Math-Symbols"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts & Superscripts</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.13.2 Math Symbols</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Maths-symbols-265"></a><a name="index-Symbols-266"></a><a name="index-Greek-letters-267"></a> + +<!-- ************************ --> +<!-- * Spacing in Math Mode * --> +<!-- ************************ --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Spacing-in-Math-Mode"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.13.3 Spacing in Math Mode</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Spacing_002c-within-Math-mode-268"></a><a name="index-Math-mode_002c-spacing-269"></a> + + <p>In a <code>math</code> environment, LaTeX ignores the spaces you type and puts +in the spacing that it thinks is best. LaTeX formats mathematics the +way it's done in mathematics texts. If you want different spacing, +LaTeX provides the following four commands for use in math mode: + + <p><a name="index-_005c_003b-270"></a><a name="index-_005cCOLON-271"></a><a name="index-_005c_002c-272"></a><a name="index-_005c_0021-273"></a> + <ol type=1 start=1> +<li><code>\;</code> - a thick space +<li><code>\:</code> - a medium space +<li><code>\,</code> - a thin space +<li><code>\!</code> - a negative thin space + </ol> + +<!-- ******************* --> +<!-- * Math Miscellany * --> +<!-- ******************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Math-Miscellany"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.13.4 Math Miscellany</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Maths-Miscellany-274"></a> + <dl> +<dt><code>\cdots</code><dd><a name="index-_005ccdots-275"></a>Produces a horizontal ellipsis where the dots are raised to the centre +of the line. + + <br><dt><code>\ddots</code><dd><a name="index-_005cddots-276"></a>Produces a diagonal ellipsis. + + <br><dt><code>\frac{num}{den}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfrac-277"></a>Produces the fraction <code>num</code> divided by <code>den</code>. + + <br><dt><code>\ldots</code><dd><a name="index-_005cldots-278"></a>Produces an ellipsis. This command works in +any mode, not just math mode. + + <br><dt><code>\overbrace{text}</code><dd><a name="index-_005coverbrace-279"></a>Generates a brace over text. + + <br><dt><code>\overline{text}</code><dd><a name="index-_005coverline-280"></a>Causes the argument text to be overlined. + + <br><dt><code>\sqrt[root]{arg}</code><dd><a name="index-_005csqrt-281"></a>Produces the square root of its argument. The +optional argument, <code>root</code>, determines what root to produce, i.e., +the cube root of <code>x+y</code> would be typed as <code>$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$</code>. + + <br><dt><code>\underbrace{text}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cunderbrace-282"></a>Generates text with a brace underneath. + + <br><dt><code>\underline{text}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cunderline-283"></a>Causes the argument text to be underlined. +This command can also be used in paragraph and LR modes. + + <br><dt><code>\vdots</code><dd><a name="index-_005cvdots-284"></a>Produces a vertical ellipsis. + + </dl> + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- ******* Modes *********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Modes"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.14 Modes</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Modes-285"></a><a name="index-Paragraph-mode-286"></a><a name="index-Math-mode-287"></a><a name="index-Left_002dto_002dright-mode-288"></a><a name="index-LR-mode-289"></a> + + <p>When LaTeX is processing your input text, it is always in one of three +modes: + + <ul> +<li>Paragraph mode +<li>Math mode +<li>Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short +</ul> + + <p>LaTeX changes mode only when it goes up or down a staircase to a +different level, though not all level changes produce mode changes. +Mode changes occur only when entering or leaving an environment, or when +LaTeX is processing the argument of certain text-producing commands. + + <p>“Paragraph mode” is the most common; it's the one LaTeX is in when +processing ordinary text. In that mode, LaTeX breaks your text into +lines and breaks the lines into pages. LaTeX is in “math mode” when +it's generating a mathematical formula. In “LR mode”, as in paragraph +mode, LaTeX considers the output that it produces to be a string of +words with spaces between them. However, unlike paragraph mode, LaTeX +keeps going from left to right; it never starts a new line in LR mode. +Even if you put a hundred words into an <code>\mbox</code>, LaTeX would keep +typesetting them from left to right inside a single box, and then +complain because the resulting box was too wide to fit on the line. + + <p>LaTeX is in LR mode when it starts making a box with an <code>\mbox</code> +command. You can get it to enter a different mode inside the box - for +example, you can make it enter math mode to put a formula in the box. +There are also several text-producing commands and environments for +making a box that put LaTeX in paragraph mode. The box make by one of +these commands or environments will be called a <code>parbox</code>. When +LaTeX is in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in +“inner paragraph mode”. Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out +in, is called “outer paragraph mode”. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- ***** Page Styles ******* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Page-Styles"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Modes">Modes</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.15 Page Styles</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Styles_002c-page-290"></a><a name="index-Page-styles-291"></a> +The <code>\documentclass</code> command determines the size and position of +the page's head and foot. The page style determines what goes in them. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>: Generate a title page. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a>: Set the style used for page numbers. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>: Change the headings/footings style. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a>: Change the headings/footings style for this page. +</ul> + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \maketitle **** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmaketitle"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.1 \maketitle</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Title-making-292"></a><a name="index-_005cmaketitle-293"></a> +<code>\maketitle</code> + + <p>The <code>\maketitle</code> command generates a title on a separate title page +- except in the <code>article</code> class, where the title normally goes at +the top of the first page. Information used to produce the title is +obtained from the following declarations: + + <p>See <a href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>, for the commands to give the information. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cauthor">\author</a>: Who wrote this stuff? +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cdate">\date</a>: The date the document was created. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a>: A special form of footnote. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005ctitle">\title</a>: How to set the document title. +</ul> + +<!-- *********** --> +<!-- * \author * --> +<!-- *********** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cauthor"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cdate">\date</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.2 \author</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cauthor-294"></a><a name="index-Author_002c-for-titlepage-295"></a> +<code>\author{names}</code> + + <p>The <code>\author</code> command declares the author(s), where <code>names</code> is +a list of authors separated by <code>\and</code> commands. Use <code>\\</code> to +separate lines within a single author's entry – for example, to give +the author's institution or address. + +<!-- *********** --> +<!-- ** \date ** --> +<!-- *********** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cdate"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cauthor">\author</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.3 \date</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cdate-296"></a><a name="index-Date_002c-for-titlepage-297"></a> +<code>\date{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\date</code> command declares <i>text</i> to be the document's date. With +no <code>\date</code> command, the current date is used. + +<!-- *********** --> +<!-- * \thanks * --> +<!-- *********** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cthanks"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ctitle">\title</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cdate">\date</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.4 \thanks</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cthanks-298"></a><a name="index-Thanks_002c-for-titlepage-299"></a> +<code>\thanks{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\thanks</code> command produces a <code>\footnote</code> to the title. + +<!-- *********** --> +<!-- * \title ** --> +<!-- *********** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ctitle"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.5 \title</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005ctitle-300"></a><a name="index-Title_002c-for-titlepage-301"></a> +<code>\title{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\title</code> command declares <code>text</code> to be the title. Use +<code>\\</code> to tell LaTeX where to start a new line in a long title. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- * \pagenumbering * --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cpagenumbering"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.6 \pagenumbering</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cpagenumbering-302"></a><a name="index-Page-numbering-303"></a> +<code>\pagenumbering{num_style}</code> + + <p>Specifies the style of page numbers. Possible values of <code>num_style</code> are: + + <ul> +<li><code>arabic</code> - Arabic numerals +<li><code>roman</code> - Lowercase Roman numerals +<li><code>Roman</code> - Uppercase Roman numerals +<li><code>alph</code> - Lowercase letters +<li><code>Alph</code> - Uppercase letters +</ul> + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \pagestyle **** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cpagestyle"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.7 \pagestyle</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cpagestyle-304"></a> +<code>\pagestyle{option}</code> + + <p>The <code>\pagestyle</code> command changes the style from the current page on +throughout the remainder of your document. + + <p>The valid options are: + + <ul> +<li><code>plain</code> - Just a plain page number. +<li><code>empty</code> - Produces empty heads and feet - no page numbers. +<li><code>headings</code> - Puts running headings on each page. The document +style specifies what goes in the headings. +<li><code>myheadings</code> - You specify what is to go in the heading with the +<code>\markboth</code> or the <code>\markright</code> commands. +</ul> + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cmarkboth">\markboth</a>: Set left and right headings. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cmarkright">\markright</a>: Set right heading only. +</ul> + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \markboth ** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmarkboth"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmarkright">\markright</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.8 \markboth</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cmarkboth-305"></a> +<pre class="example"> \markboth{left head}{right head} +</pre> + <p>The <code>\markboth</code> command is used in +conjunction with the page style <code>myheadings</code> for setting +both the left and the right heading. You should note that a “left-hand +heading” is generated by the last <code>\markboth</code> command before the +end of the page, while a “right-hand heading” is generated by the first +<code>\markboth</code> or <code>\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is +one, otherwise by the last one before the page. + +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- ** \markright ** --> +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmarkright"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmarkboth">\markboth</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.9 \markright</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cmarkright-306"></a> +<pre class="example"> \markright{right head} +</pre> + <p>The <code>\markright</code> command is used in conjunction with the page style +<code>myheadings</code> for setting the right heading, leaving the left +heading unchanged. You should note that a “left-hand heading” is +generated by the last <code>\markboth</code> command before the end of the +page, while a “right-hand heading” is generated by the first +<code>\markboth</code> or <code>\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is +one, otherwise by the last one before the page. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- * \thispagestyle * --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cthispagestyle"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.10 \thispagestyle</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cthispagestyle-307"></a> +<code>\thispagestyle{option}</code> + + <p>The <code>\thispagestyle</code> command works in the same manner as the +<code>\pagestyle</code> command except that it changes the style for the +current page only. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- ***** Sectioning ******** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Sectioning"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.16 Sectioning</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Sectioning-308"></a><a name="index-_005cchapter-309"></a><a name="index-_005csubsubsection-310"></a><a name="index-_005csubsection-311"></a><a name="index-_005cparagraph-312"></a><a name="index-_005csubparagraph-313"></a> +Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text into units. + + <ul> +<li><code>\part</code> +<li><code>\chapter</code> (report and book class only) +<li><code>\section</code> +<li><code>\subsection</code> +<li><code>\subsubsection</code> +<li><code>\paragraph</code> +<li><code>\subparagraph</code> +</ul> + + <p>All sectioning commands take the same general form, i.e., + + <p><code>\chapter[optional]{title}</code> + + <p>In addition to providing the heading in the text, the mandatory argument +of the sectioning command can appear in two other places: + + <ol type=1 start=1> +<li>The table of contents +<li>The running head at the top of the page + </ol> + + <p>You may not want the same thing to appear in these other two places as +appears in the text heading. To handle this situation, the sectioning +commands have an <code>optional</code> argument that provides the text for +these other two purposes. + + <p>All sectioning commands have <code>*</code>-forms that print a <i>title</i>, +but do not include a number and do not make an entry in the table of +contents. + + <p><a name="index-_005cappendix-314"></a><a name="index-Appendix_002c-creating-315"></a> +<code>\appendix</code> + + <p>The <code>\appendix</code> command changes the way sectional units are +numbered. The <code>\appendix</code> command generates no text and does not +affect the numbering of parts. +The normal use of this command is something like + +<pre class="example"> \chapter{The First Chapter} + ... + \appendix + \chapter{The First Appendix} +</pre> + <!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** Spaces & Boxes ***** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Spaces-_0026-Boxes"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.17 Spaces & Boxes</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Spaces-316"></a><a name="index-Boxes-317"></a> +All the predefined length parameters (see <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a>) can be +used in the arguments of the box-making commands. + +</li></ul> +<p>Horizontal space +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cdotfill">\dotfill</a>: Stretchable horizontal dots. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005chfill">\hfill</a>: Stretchable horizontal space. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</a>: Stretchable horizontal rule. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005chspace">\hspace</a>: Fixed horizontal space. +Vertical space +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a>: Fixed vertical space. +<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005cbigskip">\bigskip</a>: Fixed vertical space. +<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005cmedskip">\medskip</a>: Fixed vertical space. +<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005csmallskip">\smallskip</a>: Fixed vertical space. +<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005cvfill">\vfill</a>: Stretchable vertical space. +<li><a href="#_005cvspace">\vspace</a>: Fixed vertical space. +Boxes +<li><a href="#_005cfbox">\fbox</a>: Framebox. +<li><a href="#_005cframebox">\framebox</a>: Framebox, adjustable position. +<li><a href="#lrbox">lrbox</a>: An environment like \sbox. +<li><a href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a>: Box, adjustable position. +<li><a href="#_005cmbox">\mbox</a>: Box. +<li><a href="#_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>: Declare a name for saving a box. +<li><a href="#_005cparbox">\parbox</a>: Box with text in paragraph mode. +<li><a href="#_005craisebox">\raisebox</a>: Raise or lower text. +<li><a href="#_005crule">\rule</a>: Lines and squares. +<li><a href="#_005csavebox">\savebox</a>: Like \makebox, but save the text for later use. +<li><a href="#_005csbox">\sbox</a>: Like \mbox, but save the text for later use. +<li><a href="#_005cusebox">\usebox</a>: Print saved text. +</ul> + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \dotfill *** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cdotfill"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chfill">\hfill</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.1 \dotfill</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cdotfill-318"></a> +The <code>\dotfill</code> command produces a “rubber length” that produces dots +instead of just spaces. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \hfill ***** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005chfill"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cdotfill">\dotfill</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.2 \hfill</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005chfill-319"></a> +The <code>\hfill</code> fill command produces a “rubber length” which can +stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with spaces. + +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- ** \hrulefill ** --> +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005chrulefill"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chspace">\hspace</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chfill">\hfill</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.3 \hrulefill</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005chrulefill-320"></a> +The <code>\hrulefill</code> fill command produces a “rubber length” which can +stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a horizontal +rule. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \hspace **** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005chspace"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.4 \hspace</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005chspace-321"></a> +<code>\hspace[*]{length}</code> + + <p>The <code>\hspace</code> command adds horizontal space. The length of the +space can be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands, i.e., +points, inches, etc. You can add negative as well as positive space +with an <code>\hspace</code> command. Adding negative space is like +backspacing. + + <p>LaTeX removes horizontal space that comes at the end of a line. If you +don't want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional <code>*</code> +argument. Then the space is never removed. + +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- ** \addvspace ** --> +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005caddvspace"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cbigskip">\bigskip</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chspace">\hspace</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.5 \addvspace</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005caddvspace-322"></a><a name="index-Vertical-space_002c-inserting-323"></a><a name="index-Space_002c-inserting-vertical-324"></a> +<code>\addvspace{length}</code> + + <p>The <code>\addvspace</code> command normally adds a vertical space of height +length. However, if vertical space has already been added to the same +point in the output by a previous <code>\addvspace</code> command, then this +command will not add more space than needed to make the natural length +of the total vertical space equal to <code>length</code>. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \bigskip *** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cbigskip"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmedskip">\medskip</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.6 \bigskip</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cbigskip-325"></a> +The <code>\bigskip</code> command is equivalent to +<code>\vspace{bigskipamount}</code> where <code>bigskipamount</code> is determined +by the document class. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \medskip *** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmedskip"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csmallskip">\smallskip</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cbigskip">\bigskip</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.7 \medskip</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cmedskip-326"></a> +The <code>\medskip</code> command is equivalent to +<code>\vspace{medskipamount}</code> where <code>medskipamount</code> is determined +by the document class. + +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- ** \smallskip ** --> +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csmallskip"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvfill">\vfill</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmedskip">\medskip</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.8 \smallskip</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csmallskip-327"></a> +<code>\smallskip</code> + + <p>The <code>\smallskip</code> command is equivalent to +<code>\vspace{smallskipamount}</code> where <code>smallskipamount</code> is +determined by the document class. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \vfill ***** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cvfill"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvspace">\vspace</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csmallskip">\smallskip</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.9 \vfill</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cvfill-328"></a> +The <code>\vfill</code> fill command produces a rubber length which can +stretch or shrink vertically. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \vspace **** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cvspace"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfbox">\fbox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cvfill">\vfill</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.10 \vspace</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cvspace-329"></a> +<code>\vspace[*]{length}</code> + + <p>The <code>\vspace</code> command adds vertical space. The length of the space +can be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands, i.e., points, +inches, etc. You can add negative as well as positive space with an +<code>\vspace</code> command. + + <p>LaTeX removes vertical space that comes at the end of a page. If you +don't want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional <code>*</code> +argument. Then the space is never removed. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \fbox ****** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cfbox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cframebox">\framebox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cvspace">\vspace</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.11 \fbox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cfbox-330"></a> +<code>\fbox{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\fbox</code> command is exactly the same as the <code>\mbox</code> +command, except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that +it creates. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \framebox ** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cframebox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#lrbox">lrbox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfbox">\fbox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.12 \framebox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cframebox-331"></a> +<code>\framebox[width][position]{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\framebox</code> command is exactly the same as the <code>\makebox</code> +command, except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that +it creates. + + <p>The framebox command produces a rule of thickness <code>\fboxrule</code>, and +leaves a space <code>\fboxsep</code> between the rule and the contents of the +box. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** lrbox **** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="lrbox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cframebox">\framebox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.13 lrbox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-lrbox-332"></a> +<code>\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}</code> + + <p>This is the environment form of <code>\sbox</code>. + + <p>The text inside the environment is saved in the box <code>cmd</code>, which +must have been declared with <code>\newsavebox</code>. + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- ** \makebox ** --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmakebox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmbox">\mbox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#lrbox">lrbox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.14 \makebox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cmakebox-333"></a> +<code>\makebox[width][position]{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\makebox</code> command creates a box just wide enough to contain +the <code>text</code> specified. The width of the box is specified by the +optional <code>width</code> argument. The position of the text within the box +is determined by the optional <code>position</code> argument. + + <ul> +<li><code>c</code> — centred (default) +<li><code>l</code> — flushleft +<li><code>r</code> — flushright +<li><code>s</code> — stretch from left to right margin. The text must contain +stretchable space for this to work. +</ul> + + <p>See <a href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \mbox ****** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmbox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.15 \mbox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cmbox-334"></a> +<code>\mbox{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\mbox</code> command creates a box just wide enough to hold the text +created by its argument. + + <p>Use this command to prevent text from being split across lines. + +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- ** \newsavebox * --> +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnewsavebox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cparbox">\parbox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmbox">\mbox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.16 \newsavebox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnewsavebox-335"></a> +<code>\newsavebox{cmd}</code> + + <p>Declares <code>cmd</code>, which must be a command name that is not already +defined, to be a bin for saving boxes. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \parbox **** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cparbox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005craisebox">\raisebox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.17 \parbox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cparbox-336"></a> +<code>\parbox[position][height][inner-pos]{width}{text}</code> + + <p>A <code>parbox</code> is a box whose contents are created in <code>paragraph</code> +mode. The <code>\parbox</code> has two mandatory arguments: + + <ul> +<li><code>width</code> - specifies the width of the parbox, and +<li><code>text</code> - the text that goes inside the parbox. +</ul> + + <p>LaTeX will position a <code>parbox</code> so its centre lines up with the centre of +the text line. The optional <i>position</i> argument allows you +to line up either the top or bottom line in the parbox (default is top). + + <p>If the <i>height</i> argument is not given, the box will have the natural +height of the text. + + <p>The <i>inner-pos</i> argument controls the placement of the text inside the +box. If it is not specified, <i>position</i> is used. + + <ul> +<li><code>t</code> — text is placed at the top of the box. +<li><code>c</code> — text is centred in the box. +<li><code>b</code> — text is placed at the bottom of the box. +<li><code>s</code> — stretch vertically. The text must contain +vertically stretchable space for this to work. +</ul> + + <p>A <code>\parbox</code> command is used for a parbox containing a small piece +of text, with nothing fancy inside. In particular, you shouldn't use +any of the paragraph-making environments inside a <code>\parbox</code> +argument. For larger pieces of text, including ones containing a +paragraph-making environment, you should use a <code>minipage</code> +environment See <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \raisebox ** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005craisebox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005crule">\rule</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cparbox">\parbox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.18 \raisebox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005craisebox-337"></a> +<code>\raisebox{distance}[extend-above][extend-below]{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\raisebox</code> command is used to raise or lower text. The first +mandatory argument specifies how high the text is to be raised (or +lowered if it is a negative amount). The text itself is processed in +<code>LR mode</code>. + + <p>Sometimes it's useful to make LaTeX think something has a different +size than it really does - or a different size than LaTeX would +normally think it has. The <code>\raisebox</code> command lets you tell +LaTeX how tall it is. + + <p>The first optional argument, <code>extend-above</code>, makes LaTeX think +that the text extends above the line by the amount specified. The +second optional argument, <code>extend-below</code>, makes LaTeX think that +the text extends below the line by the amount specified. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \rule ****** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005crule"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csavebox">\savebox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005craisebox">\raisebox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.19 \rule</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005crule-338"></a> +<code>\rule[raise-height]{width}{thickness}</code> + + <p>The <code>\rule</code> command is used to produce horizontal lines. The +arguments are defined as follows: + + <ul> +<li><code>raise-height</code> - specifies how high to raise the rule (optional) +<li><code>width</code> - specifies the length of the rule (mandatory) +<li><code>thickness</code> - specifies the thickness of the rule (mandatory) +</ul> + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \savebox *** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csavebox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csbox">\sbox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005crule">\rule</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.20 \savebox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csavebox-339"></a> +<pre class="example"> \savebox{cmd}[width][pos]{text} +</pre> + <p>This command typeset <code>text</code> in a box just as for <code>\makebox</code>. +However, instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in bin +<code>cmd</code>, which must have been declared with <code>\newsavebox</code>. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \sbox ****** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csbox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cusebox">\usebox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csavebox">\savebox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.21 \sbox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csbox-340"></a> +<code>\sbox{text}</code> + + <p>This commands typeset <code>text</code> in a box just as for <code>\mbox</code>. +However, instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in bin +<code>cmd</code>, which must have been declared with <code>\newsavebox</code>. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \usebox **** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cusebox"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csbox">\sbox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.22 \usebox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cusebox-341"></a> +<code>\usebox{cmd}</code> + + <p>Prints the box most recently saved in bin <code>cmd</code> by a +<code>\savebox</code> command. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- ** Special Characters *** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Special-Characters"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.18 Special Characters</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Special-Characters-342"></a><a name="index-Characters_002c-special-343"></a><a name="index-Reserved-Characters-344"></a><a name="index-Characters_002c-reserved-345"></a> +The following characters play a special role in LaTeX and are called +“special printing characters”, or simply “special characters”. + +<pre class="example"> # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { } +</pre> + <p>Whenever you put one of these special characters into your file, you are +doing something special. If you simply want the character to be printed +just as any other letter, include a <code>\</code> in front of the character. +For example, <code>\$</code> will produce <code>$</code> in your output. + + <p>One exception to this rule is the <code>\</code> itself because <code>\\</code> has +its own special meaning. A <code>\</code> is produced by typing +<code>$\backslash$</code> in your file. + + <p>Also, <code>\~</code> means `place a tilde accent over the following letter', +so you will probably want to use <code>\verb</code> instead. + + <p><a name="index-_005cbackslash-346"></a><a name="index-_005csymbol-347"></a><a name="index-Accessing-any-character-of-a-font-348"></a> +In addition, you can access any character of a font once you know its +number by using the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the character +used for displaying spaces in the <code>\verb*</code> command has the code +decimal 32, so it can be typed as <code>\symbol{32}</code>. + + <p>You can also specify octal numbers with <code>'</code> or hexadecimal numbers +with <code>"</code>, so the previous example could also be written as +<code>\symbol{'40}</code> or <code>\symbol{"20}</code>. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- ** Splitting the Input ** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Splitting-the-Input"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting & Ending</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.19 Splitting the Input</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Splitting-the-input-file-349"></a><a name="index-Input-file_002c-splitting-350"></a> + + <p>A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting the whole +input in a single large file, it's more efficient to split it into +several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, +there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type +when you run LaTeX. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cinclude">\include</a>: Conditionally include a file. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</a>: Determine which files are included. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cinput">\input</a>: Unconditionally include a file. +</ul> + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \include *** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cinclude"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.19.1 \include</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cinclude-351"></a> +<code>\include{file}</code> + + <p>The <code>\include</code> command is used in conjunction with the +<code>\includeonly</code> command for selective inclusion of files. The +<code>file</code> argument is the first name of a file, denoting +<span class="file">file.tex</span>. If <code>file</code> is one the file names in the file list +of the <code>\includeonly</code> command or if there is no <code>\includeonly</code> +command, the <code>\include</code> command is equivalent to + +<pre class="example"> \clearpage \input{file} \clearpage +</pre> + <p>except that if the file <span class="file">file.tex</span> does not exist, then a warning +message rather than an error is produced. If the file is not in the +file list, the <code>\include</code> command is equivalent to <code>\clearpage</code>. + + <p>The <code>\include</code> command may not appear in the preamble or in a file +read by another <code>\include</code> command. + +<!-- ******************* --> +<!-- ** \includeonly *** --> +<!-- ******************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cincludeonly"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cinput">\input</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cinclude">\include</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.19.2 \includeonly</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cincludeonly-352"></a> +<code>\includeonly{</code><i>file_list</i><code>}</code> + + <p>The <code>\includeonly</code> command controls which files will be read in by +an <code>\include</code> command. <i>file_list</i> should be a comma-separated +list of filenames. Each filename must match exactly a filename specified +in a <code>\include</code> command. This command can only appear in the +preamble. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \input ***** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cinput"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.19.3 \input</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cinput-353"></a> +<code>\input{file}</code> + + <p>The <code>\input</code> command causes the indicated <code>file</code> to be read and +processed, exactly as if its contents had been inserted in the current +file at that point. The file name may be a complete file name with +extension or just a first name, in which case the file <span class="file">file.tex</span> +is used. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- *** Starting & Ending *** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Starting-_0026-Ending"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.20 Starting & Ending</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Starting-_0026-Ending-354"></a><a name="index-Ending-_0026-Starting-355"></a> +Your input file must contain the following commands as a minimum: + +<pre class="example"> \documentclass{class} + \begin{document} + ... your text goes here ... + \end{document} +</pre> + <p>where the <code>class</code> selected is one of the valid classes for LaTeX. +See <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a>, (and see <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>), for details of the +various document classes available locally. + + <p>You may include other LaTeX commands between the <code>\documentclass</code> +and the <code>\begin{document}</code> commands (i.e., in the `preamble'). + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- *** Table of Contents *** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Table-of-Contents"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting & Ending</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.21 Table of Contents</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Table-of-Contents_002c-creating-356"></a> + + <p>A table of contents is produced with the +<code>\tableofcontents</code> +<a name="index-_005ctableofcontents-357"></a>command. You put the command right where you want the table of contents +to go; LaTeX does the rest for you. It produces a heading, but it does +not automatically start a new page. If you want a new page after the +table of contents, include a <code>\newpage</code> command after the +<code>\tableofcontents</code> command. + + <p>There are similar commands +<code>\listoffigures</code> +<a name="index-_005clistoffigures-358"></a>and +<code>\listoftables</code> +<a name="index-_005clistoftables-359"></a> for producing a list of figures and a list of tables, respectively. +Everything works exactly the same as for the table of contents. + + <p>NOTE: If you want any of these items to be generated, you cannot have +the +<code>\nofiles</code> +<a name="index-_005cnofiles-360"></a>command in your document. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a>: Add an entry to table of contents etc. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a>: Add text directly to table of contents file etc. +</ul> + +<!-- ******************** --> +<!-- * \addcontentsline * --> +<!-- ******************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005caddcontentsline"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.21.1 \addcontentsline</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005caddcontentsline-361"></a> +<code>\addcontentsline{file}{sec_unit}{entry}</code> + + <p>The <code>\addcontentsline</code> command adds an entry to the specified list +or table where: + + <ul> +<li><code>file</code> is the extension of the file on which information is to be +written: <code>toc</code> (table of contents), <code>lof</code> (list of figures), +or <code>lot</code> (list of tables). +<li><code>sec_unit</code> controls the formatting of the entry. It should be one +of the following, depending upon the value of the file argument: + <ol type=1 start=1> +<li><code>toc</code> — the name of the sectional unit, such as part or subsection. +<li><code>lof</code> — figure +<li><code>lot</code> — table + </ol> +<li><code>entry</code> is the text of the entry. +</ul> + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- * \addtocontents * --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005caddtocontents"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.21.2 \addtocontents</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005caddtocontents-362"></a> +<code>\addtocontents{file}{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\addtocontents</code> command adds text (or formatting commands) directly +to the file that generates the table of contents or list of figures or +tables. + + <ul> +<li><code>file</code> is the extension of the file on which information is to be +written: <code>toc</code> (table of contents), <code>lof</code> (list of figures), +or <code>lot</code> (list of tables). +<li><code>text</code> is the information to be written. +</ul> + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- * Terminal Input/Output * --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Terminal-Input_002fOutput"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.22 Terminal Input/Output</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Input_002fOutput-363"></a><a name="index-Terminal-Input_002fOutput-364"></a> + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005ctypein">\typein</a>: Read text from the terminal. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005ctypeout">\typeout</a>: Write text to the terminal. +</ul> + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- * \typein **** --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ctypein"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ctypeout">\typeout</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.22.1 \typein</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005ctypein-365"></a> +<code>\typein[cmd]{msg}</code> + + <p>Prints <code>msg</code> on the terminal and causes LaTeX to stop and wait for +you to type a line of input, ending with return. If the <code>cmd</code> +argument is missing, the typed input is processed as if it had been +included in the input file in place of the <code>\typein</code> command. If +the <code>cmd</code> argument is present, it must be a command name. This +command name is then defined or redefined to be the typed input. + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- * \typeout *** --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ctypeout"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ctypein">\typein</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.22.2 \typeout</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005ctypeout-366"></a> +<code>\typeout{msg}</code> + + <p>Prints <code>msg</code> on the terminal and in the <code>log</code> file. Commands +in <code>msg</code> that are defined with <code>\newcommand</code> or +<code>\renewcommand</code> are replaced by their definitions before being +printed. + + <p>LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as +a single space and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to +<code>msg</code>. A <code>\space</code> command in <code>msg</code> causes a single space +to be printed. A <code>^^J</code> in <code>msg</code> prints a newline. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- ***** Typefaces ********* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Typefaces"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.23 Typefaces</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Typefaces-367"></a><a name="index-Fonts-368"></a> +The <code>typeface</code> is specified by giving the “size” and “style”. A +typeface is also called a “font”. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Styles">Styles</a>: Select roman, italics etc. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Sizes">Sizes</a>: Select point size. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a>: Commands for wizards. +</ul> + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- ** Styles **** --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Styles"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Sizes">Sizes</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.23.1 \Styles</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Font-Styles-369"></a><a name="index-Typeface-Styles-370"></a><a name="index-Styles-of-text-371"></a> + + <p>The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX. + + <p>These commands are used like <code>\textit{italics text}</code>. The +corresponding command in parenthesis is the “declaration form”, which +takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the +next type style command or the end of the current group. + + <p>The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say +<code>\sffamily\bfseries</code> to get sans serif boldface. + + <p>You can also use the environment form of the declaration forms; e.g. +<code>\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}</code>. + + <dl> +<dt><code>\textrm (\rmfamily)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextrm-372"></a><a name="index-_005crmfamily-373"></a>Roman. +<br><dt><code>\textit (\itshape)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextit-374"></a><a name="index-_005citshape-375"></a><br><dt><code>\emph</code><dd><a name="index-_005cemph-376"></a>Emphasis (toggles between \textit and \textrm). +<br><dt><code>\textmd (\mdseries)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextmd-377"></a><a name="index-_005cmdseries-378"></a>Medium weight (default). The opposite of boldface. +<br><dt><code>\textbf (\bfseries)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextbf-379"></a><a name="index-_005cbfseries-380"></a>Boldface. +<br><dt><code>\textup (\upshape)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextup-381"></a><a name="index-_005cupshape-382"></a>Upright (default). The opposite of slanted. +<br><dt><code>\textsl (\slshape)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextsl-383"></a><a name="index-_005cslshape-384"></a>Slanted. +<br><dt><code>\textsf (\sffamily)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextsf-385"></a><a name="index-_005csffamily-386"></a>Sans serif. +<br><dt><code>\textsc (\scshape)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextsc-387"></a><a name="index-_005cscshape-388"></a>Small caps. +<br><dt><code>\texttt (\ttfamily)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctexttt-389"></a><a name="index-_005cttfamily-390"></a>Typewriter. +<br><dt><code>\textnormal (\normalfont)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextnormal-391"></a><a name="index-_005cnormalfont-392"></a>Main document font. +<br><dt><code>\mathrm</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathrm-393"></a>Roman, for use in math mode. +<br><dt><code>\mathbf</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathbf-394"></a>Boldface, for use in math mode. +<br><dt><code>\mathsf</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathsf-395"></a>Sans serif, for use in math mode. +<br><dt><code>\mathtt</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathtt-396"></a>Typewriter, for use in math mode. +<br><dt><code>\mathit</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathit-397"></a>Italics, for use in math mode, e.g. variable names with several letters. +<br><dt><code>\mathnormal</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathnormal-398"></a>For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type style declaration. +<br><dt><code>\mathcal</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathcal-399"></a>`Calligraphic' letters, for use in math mode. +</dl> + + <p>In addition, the command +<code>\mathversion{bold}</code> +<a name="index-_005cmathversion-400"></a>can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in +formulas. <code>\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default. + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- ** Sizes ***** --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Sizes"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Styles">Styles</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.23.2 Sizes</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Font-Sizes-401"></a><a name="index-Typeface-Sizes-402"></a><a name="index-Sizes-of-text-403"></a> + + <p>The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX. + + <p>The commands as listed here are "declaration forms". The scope of the +declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end of +the current group. + + <p>You can also use the environment form of these commands; e.g. +<code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>. + + <dl> +<dt><code>\tiny</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctiny-404"></a> +<br><dt><code>\scriptsize</code><dd><a name="index-_005cscriptsize-405"></a> +<br><dt><code>\footnotesize</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfootnotesize-406"></a> +<br><dt><code>\small</code><dd><a name="index-_005csmall-407"></a> +<br><dt><code>\normalsize</code><dd><a name="index-_005cnormalsize-408"></a>(default) + + <br><dt><code>\large</code><dd><a name="index-_005clarge-409"></a> +<br><dt><code>\Large</code><dd><a name="index-_005cLarge-410"></a> +<br><dt><code>\LARGE</code><dd><a name="index-_005cLARGE-411"></a> +<br><dt><code>\huge</code><dd><a name="index-_005chuge-412"></a> +<br><dt><code>\Huge</code><dd><a name="index-_005cHuge-413"></a></dl> + +<!-- ******************************** --> +<!-- ** Low-level font commands ***** --> +<!-- ******************************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Sizes">Sizes</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.23.3 Low-level font commands</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Low_002dlevel-font-commands-414"></a><a name="index-Font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel-415"></a> +These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and +packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available +ones. For full details, you should consult Chapter 7 of <cite>The LaTeX +Companion</cite>. + + <dl> +<dt><code>\fontencoding{enc}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontencoding-416"></a>Select font encoding. Valid encodings include <code>OT1</code> and <code>T1</code>. + + <br><dt><code>\fontfamily{family}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontfamily-417"></a>Select font family. Valid families include: + + <ul> +<li><code>cmr</code> for Computer Modern Roman +<li><code>cmss</code> for Computer Modern Sans Serif +<li><code>cmtt</code> for Computer Modern Typewriter +</ul> + + <p>and numerous others. + + <br><dt><code>\fontseries{series}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontseries-418"></a>Select font series. Valid series include: + + <ul> +<li><code>m</code> Medium (normal) +<li><code>b</code> Bold +<li><code>c</code> Condensed +<li><code>bc</code> Bold condensed +<li><code>bx</code> Bold extended +</ul> + + <p>and various other combinations. + + <br><dt><code>\fontshape{shape}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontshape-419"></a>Select font shape. Valid shapes are: + + <ul> +<li><code>n</code> Upright (normal) +<li><code>it</code> Italic +<li><code>sl</code> Slanted (oblique) +<li><code>sc</code> Small caps +<li><code>ui</code> Upright italics +<li><code>ol</code> Outline +</ul> + + <p>The two last shapes are not available for most font families. + + <br><dt><code>\fontsize{size}{skip}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontsize-420"></a>Set font size. The first parameter is the font size to switch to; the +second is the <code>\baselineskip</code> to use. The unit of both parameters +defaults to pt. A rule of thumb is that the baselineskip should be 1.2 +times the font size. + + <br><dt><code>\selectfont</code><dd><a name="index-_005cselectfont-421"></a>The changes made by calling the four font commands described above do +not come into effect until <code>\selectfont</code> is called. + + <br><dt><code>\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cusefont-422"></a>Equivalent to calling <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>, +<code>\fontseries</code> and <code>\fontshape</code> with the given parameters, followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. +</dl> + +<!-- **************************************** --> +<!-- ************* PARAMETERS *************** --> +<!-- **************************************** --> +<!-- LEVEL1 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Parameters"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Concept-Index">Concept Index</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Commands">Commands</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h2 class="chapter">3 Parameters</h2> + +<p>The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted; TeX +uses <span class="file">.tex</span> as a default file extension. If you omit the input file +entirely, TeX accepts input from the terminal. You specify command +options by supplying a string as a parameter to the command; e.g. + + <p><code>latex ``\scrollmode\input foo.tex''</code> + + <p>will process <span class="file">foo.tex</span> without pausing after every error. + + <p>Output files are always created in the current directory. When you fail +to specify an input file name, TeX bases the output names on the file +specification associated with the logical name TEX_OUTPUT, typically +<code>texput.log</code>. + +<!-- *************************** --> +<!-- ******* INDICES ******** --> +<!-- *************************** --> +<!-- LEVEL1 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Concept-Index"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Command-Index">Command Index</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Parameters">Parameters</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h2 class="unnumbered">Concept Index</h2> + +<ul class="index-cp" compact> +<li><a href="#index-Accessing-any-character-of-a-font-348">Accessing any character of a font</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Aligning-Equations-73">Aligning Equations</a>: <a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Appendix_002c-creating-315">Appendix, creating</a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Arrays_002c-math-60">Arrays, math</a>: <a href="#array">array</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-article-class-41">article class</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Author_002c-for-titlepage-295">Author, for titlepage</a>: <a href="#_005cauthor">\author</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Bibliography_002c-creating-_0028automatically_0029-157">Bibliography, creating (automatically)</a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029-151">Bibliography, creating (manually)</a>: <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-BibTeX_002c-using-156">BibTeX, using</a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-book-class-43">book class</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Boxes-317">Boxes</a>: <a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Cc-list-199">Cc list</a>: <a href="#_005ccc">\cc</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Centering-text-65">Centering text</a>: <a href="#_005ccentering">\centering</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Centering-text_002c-environment-for-63">Centering text, environment for</a>: <a href="#center">center</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Characters_002c-reserved-345">Characters, reserved</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Characters_002c-special-343">Characters, special</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Classes-of-document-40">Classes of document</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Commands_002c-defining-new-ones-28">Commands, defining new ones</a>: <a href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Computer-programs_002c-typesetting-170">Computer programs, typesetting</a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Counters_002c-a-list-of-3">Counters, a list of</a>: <a href="#Counters">Counters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Counters_002c-creating-11">Counters, creating</a>: <a href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Counters_002c-getting-the-value-of-20">Counters, getting the value of</a>: <a href="#_005cvalue">\value</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Counters_002c-setting-17">Counters, setting</a>: <a href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Creating-letters-196">Creating letters</a>: <a href="#Letters">Letters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Creating-pictures-106">Creating pictures</a>: <a href="#picture">picture</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Creating-tables-142">Creating tables</a>: <a href="#table">table</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Cross-referencing-21">Cross referencing</a>: <a href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Cross-referencing-using-page-number-24">Cross referencing using page number</a>: <a href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Cross-referencing-using-section-number-26">Cross referencing using section number</a>: <a href="#_005cref">\ref</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Date_002c-for-titlepage-297">Date, for titlepage</a>: <a href="#_005cdate">\date</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Defining-a-new-command-29">Defining a new command</a>: <a href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Defining-new-environments-32">Defining new environments</a>: <a href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Defining-new-fonts-38">Defining new fonts</a>: <a href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Defining-new-theorems-35">Defining new theorems</a>: <a href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Displaying-quoted-text-125">Displaying quoted text</a>: <a href="#quote">quote</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Displaying-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation-122">Displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</a>: <a href="#quotation">quotation</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Document-Classes-39">Document Classes</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Enclosed-material-203">Enclosed material</a>: <a href="#_005cencl">\encl</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Ending-_0026-Starting-355">Ending & Starting</a>: <a href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting & Ending</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Enlarge-current-page-226">Enlarge current page</a>: <a href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Environments-57">Environments</a>: <a href="#Environments">Environments</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Environments_002c-defining-31">Environments, defining</a>: <a href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Equations_002c-aligning-72">Equations, aligning</a>: <a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Equations_002c-environment-for-76">Equations, environment for</a>: <a href="#equation">equation</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-exponent-260">exponent</a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Figures_002c-footnotes-in-103">Figures, footnotes in</a>: <a href="#minipage">minipage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Flushing-a-page-224">Flushing a page</a>: <a href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel-415">Font commands, low-level</a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Font-Sizes-401">Font Sizes</a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Font-Styles-369">Font Styles</a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Fonts-368">Fonts</a>: <a href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Fonts_002c-new-commands-for-37">Fonts, new commands for</a>: <a href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Footnotes-in-figures-102">Footnotes in figures</a>: <a href="#minipage">minipage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Footnotes_002c-creating-175">Footnotes, creating</a>: <a href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Formatting-Text-66">Formatting Text</a>: <a href="#_005ccentering">\centering</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Formulae_002c-environment-for-77">Formulae, environment for</a>: <a href="#equation">equation</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Formulae_002c-maths-253">Formulae, maths</a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Global-options-49">Global options</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Greek-letters-267">Greek letters</a>: <a href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Hyphenation_002c-defining-229">Hyphenation, defining</a>: <a href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Hyphenation_002c-forcing-220">Hyphenation, forcing</a>: <a href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Indent_002c-forcing-244">Indent, forcing</a>: <a href="#_005cindent">\indent</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Indent_002c-suppressing-246">Indent, suppressing</a>: <a href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Input-file_002c-splitting-350">Input file, splitting</a>: <a href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Input_002fOutput-363">Input/Output</a>: <a href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Inserting-figures-79">Inserting figures</a>: <a href="#figure">figure</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Justification_002c-ragged-left-93">Justification, ragged left</a>: <a href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Justification_002c-ragged-right-87">Justification, ragged right</a>: <a href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Labelled-lists_002c-creating-68">Labelled lists, creating</a>: <a href="#description">description</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-LaTeX-overview-2">LaTeX overview</a>: <a href="#Overview">Overview</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Layout-commands-51">Layout commands</a>: <a href="#Layout">Layout</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Left_002djustifying-text-86">Left-justifying text</a>: <a href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Left_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for-82">Left-justifying text, environment for</a>: <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Left_002dto_002dright-mode-288">Left-to-right mode</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-adding-to-185">Lengths, adding to</a>: <a href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-defining-a-new-181">Lengths, defining a new</a>: <a href="#_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-defining-and-using-179">Lengths, defining and using</a>: <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-predefined-189">Lengths, predefined</a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-setting-value-of-183">Lengths, setting value of</a>: <a href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-letter-class-44">letter class</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Letters-195">Letters</a>: <a href="#Letters">Letters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Letters_002c-ending-201">Letters, ending</a>: <a href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Letters_002c-starting-208">Letters, starting</a>: <a href="#_005copening">\opening</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Line-Breaking-215">Line Breaking</a>: <a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Line-breaks-231">Line breaks</a>: <a href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lines-in-tables-144">Lines in tables</a>: <a href="#tabular">tabular</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lining-text-up-in-columns-using-tab-stops-128">Lining text up in columns using tab stops</a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lining-text-up-in-tables-145">Lining text up in tables</a>: <a href="#tabular">tabular</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lists-of-items-97">Lists of items</a>: <a href="#itemize">itemize</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lists-of-items_002c-generic-100">Lists of items, generic</a>: <a href="#list">list</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lists-of-items_002c-numbered-70">Lists of items, numbered</a>: <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Loading-additional-packages-48">Loading additional packages</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Low_002dlevel-font-commands-414">Low-level font commands</a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-LR-mode-289">LR mode</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Making-a-title-page-163">Making a title page</a>: <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Making-paragraphs-241">Making paragraphs</a>: <a href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Margin-Notes-249">Margin Notes</a>: <a href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Math-Formulae-252">Math Formulae</a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Math-mode-287">Math mode</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Math-mode_002c-entering-254">Math mode, entering</a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Math-mode_002c-spacing-269">Math mode, spacing</a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Maths-Miscellany-274">Maths Miscellany</a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Maths-symbols-265">Maths symbols</a>: <a href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Minipage_002c-creating-a-104">Minipage, creating a</a>: <a href="#minipage">minipage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Modes-285">Modes</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Multicolumn-text-56">Multicolumn text</a>: <a href="#_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-New-line_002c-starting-218">New line, starting</a>: <a href="#_005c_005c">\\</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-New-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029-233">New line, starting (paragraph mode)</a>: <a href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-New-Page-235">New Page</a>: <a href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Notes-in-the-margin-250">Notes in the margin</a>: <a href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Options_002c-global-50">Options, global</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Overview-of-LaTeX-1">Overview of LaTeX</a>: <a href="#Overview">Overview</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Packages_002c-loading-47">Packages, loading</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Page-break_002c-forcing-239">Page break, forcing</a>: <a href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Page-Breaking-214">Page Breaking</a>: <a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Page-Formatting-216">Page Formatting</a>: <a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Page-numbering-303">Page numbering</a>: <a href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Page-styles-291">Page styles</a>: <a href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Paragraph-mode-286">Paragraph mode</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Paragraph_002c-starting-a-new-248">Paragraph, starting a new</a>: <a href="#_005cpar">\par</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Paragraphs-242">Paragraphs</a>: <a href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Pictures_002c-creating-107">Pictures, creating</a>: <a href="#picture">picture</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Poetry_002c-an-environment-for-174">Poetry, an environment for</a>: <a href="#verse">verse</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Predefined-lengths-190">Predefined lengths</a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Programs_002c-typesetting-169">Programs, typesetting</a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying-121">Quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</a>: <a href="#quotation">quotation</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Quoted-text_002c-displaying-124">Quoted text, displaying</a>: <a href="#quote">quote</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Ragged-left-text-92">Ragged left text</a>: <a href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Ragged-left-text_002c-environment-for-89">Ragged left text, environment for</a>: <a href="#flushright">flushright</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Ragged-right-text-85">Ragged right text</a>: <a href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Ragged-right-text_002c-environment-for-83">Ragged right text, environment for</a>: <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Remarks-in-the-margin-251">Remarks in the margin</a>: <a href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-report-class-42">report class</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Reserved-Characters-344">Reserved Characters</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Right_002djustifying-text-94">Right-justifying text</a>: <a href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Right_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for-90">Right-justifying text, environment for</a>: <a href="#flushright">flushright</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Sectioning-308">Sectioning</a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Simulating-typed-text-167">Simulating typed text</a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Sizes-of-text-403">Sizes of text</a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Space_002c-inserting-vertical-324">Space, inserting vertical</a>: <a href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Spaces-316">Spaces</a>: <a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Spacing_002c-within-Math-mode-268">Spacing, within Math mode</a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Special-Characters-342">Special Characters</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Splitting-the-input-file-349">Splitting the input file</a>: <a href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Starting-_0026-Ending-354">Starting & Ending</a>: <a href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting & Ending</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Starting-on-a--right_002dhand-page-222">Starting on a right-hand page</a>: <a href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Styles-of-text-371">Styles of text</a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Styles_002c-page-290">Styles, page</a>: <a href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Subscript-262">Subscript</a>: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts & Superscripts</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Superscript-261">Superscript</a>: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts & Superscripts</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Symbols-266">Symbols</a>: <a href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Tab-stops_002c-using-127">Tab stops, using</a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Table-of-Contents_002c-creating-356">Table of Contents, creating</a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Tables_002c-creating-141">Tables, creating</a>: <a href="#table">table</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Terminal-Input_002fOutput-364">Terminal Input/Output</a>: <a href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Thanks_002c-for-titlepage-299">Thanks, for titlepage</a>: <a href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Theorems_002c-defining-34">Theorems, defining</a>: <a href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Theorems_002c-typesetting-161">Theorems, typesetting</a>: <a href="#theorem">theorem</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Title-making-292">Title making</a>: <a href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Title-pages_002c-creating-164">Title pages, creating</a>: <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Title_002c-for-titlepage-301">Title, for titlepage</a>: <a href="#_005ctitle">\title</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Typed-text_002c-simulating-168">Typed text, simulating</a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Typeface-Sizes-402">Typeface Sizes</a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Typeface-Styles-370">Typeface Styles</a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Typefaces-367">Typefaces</a>: <a href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Using-BibTeX-155">Using BibTeX</a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Variables_002c-a-list-of-4">Variables, a list of</a>: <a href="#Counters">Counters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Verbatim-text-172">Verbatim text</a>: <a href="#_005cverb">\verb</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Vertical-space_002c-inserting-323">Vertical space, inserting</a>: <a href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></li> +</ul><!-- LEVEL1 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Command-Index"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Concept-Index">Concept Index</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h2 class="unnumbered">Command Index</h2> + + + +<ul class="index-fn" compact> +<li><a href="#index-_0024-259"><code>$</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_0021-273"><code>\!</code></a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029-134"><code>\' (tabbing)</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_0028-255"><code>\(</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_0029-256"><code>\)</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_002b-132"><code>\+</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_002c-272"><code>\,</code></a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029-219"><code>\- (hyphenation)</code></a>: <a href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_002d-_0028tabbing_0029-133"><code>\- (tabbing)</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_003b-270"><code>\;</code></a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_003c-131"><code>\<</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_003d-129"><code>\=</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_003e-130"><code>\></code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_005b-257"><code>\[</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_005c-217"><code>\\</code></a>: <a href="#_005c_005c">\\</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_005d-258"><code>\]</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029-135"><code>\` (tabbing)</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ca-139"><code>\a</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005caddcontentsline-361"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005caddress-197"><code>\address</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddress">\address</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005caddtocontents-362"><code>\addtocontents</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005caddtocounter-5"><code>\addtocounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddtocounter">\addtocounter</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005caddtolength-184"><code>\addtolength</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005caddvspace-322"><code>\addvspace</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cAlph-7"><code>\Alph</code></a>: <a href="#_005calph">\alph</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005calph-6"><code>\alph</code></a>: <a href="#_005calph">\alph</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cappendix-314"><code>\appendix</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005carabic-8"><code>\arabic</code></a>: <a href="#_005carabic">\arabic</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cauthor-294"><code>\author</code></a>: <a href="#_005cauthor">\author</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cbackslash-346"><code>\backslash</code></a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cbegin-58"><code>\begin</code></a>: <a href="#Environments">Environments</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cbfseries-380"><code>\bfseries</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cbibitem-152"><code>\bibitem</code></a>: <a href="#_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cbibliography-159"><code>\bibliography</code></a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cbibliographystyle-158"><code>\bibliographystyle</code></a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cbigskip-325"><code>\bigskip</code></a>: <a href="#_005cbigskip">\bigskip</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ccaption-80"><code>\caption</code></a>: <a href="#figure">figure</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ccc-198"><code>\cc</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccc">\cc</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ccdots-275"><code>\cdots</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ccentering-64"><code>\centering</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccentering">\centering</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cchapter-309"><code>\chapter</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ccircle-108"><code>\circle</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccircle">\circle</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ccite-153"><code>\cite</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccite">\cite</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ccleardoublepage-221"><code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cclearpage-223"><code>\clearpage</code></a>: <a href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ccline-146"><code>\cline</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccline">\cline</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cclosing-200"><code>\closing</code></a>: <a href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cCOLON-271"><code>\COLON</code></a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cdashbox-109"><code>\dashbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cdate-296"><code>\date</code></a>: <a href="#_005cdate">\date</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cddots-276"><code>\ddots</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cdepth-193"><code>\depth</code></a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cdocumentclass-45"><code>\documentclass</code></a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cdotfill-318"><code>\dotfill</code></a>: <a href="#_005cdotfill">\dotfill</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cemph-376"><code>\emph</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cencl-202"><code>\encl</code></a>: <a href="#_005cencl">\encl</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cend-59"><code>\end</code></a>: <a href="#Environments">Environments</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cenlargethispage-225"><code>\enlargethispage</code></a>: <a href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfbox-330"><code>\fbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfbox">\fbox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cflushbottom-52"><code>\flushbottom</code></a>: <a href="#_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfnsymbol-9"><code>\fnsymbol</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfnsymbol">\fnsymbol</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfontencoding-416"><code>\fontencoding</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfontfamily-417"><code>\fontfamily</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfontseries-418"><code>\fontseries</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfontshape-419"><code>\fontshape</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfontsize-420"><code>\fontsize</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfootnote-176"><code>\footnote</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfootnotemark-177"><code>\footnotemark</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfootnotesize-406"><code>\footnotesize</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfootnotetext-178"><code>\footnotetext</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfootnotetext">\footnotetext</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfrac-277"><code>\frac</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cframe-110"><code>\frame</code></a>: <a href="#_005cframe">\frame</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cframebox-331"><code>\framebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cframebox">\framebox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cframebox-111"><code>\framebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfussy-227"><code>\fussy</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cheight-192"><code>\height</code></a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005chfill-319"><code>\hfill</code></a>: <a href="#_005chfill">\hfill</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005chline-147"><code>\hline</code></a>: <a href="#_005chline">\hline</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005chrulefill-320"><code>\hrulefill</code></a>: <a href="#_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005chspace-321"><code>\hspace</code></a>: <a href="#_005chspace">\hspace</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cHuge-413"><code>\Huge</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005chuge-412"><code>\huge</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005chyphenation-228"><code>\hyphenation</code></a>: <a href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cinclude-351"><code>\include</code></a>: <a href="#_005cinclude">\include</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cincludeonly-352"><code>\includeonly</code></a>: <a href="#_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cindent-243"><code>\indent</code></a>: <a href="#_005cindent">\indent</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cinput-353"><code>\input</code></a>: <a href="#_005cinput">\input</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005citem-96"><code>\item</code></a>: <a href="#itemize">itemize</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005citshape-375"><code>\itshape</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ckill-136"><code>\kill</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005clabel-22"><code>\label</code></a>: <a href="#_005clabel">\label</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cLARGE-411"><code>\LARGE</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cLarge-410"><code>\Large</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005clarge-409"><code>\large</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cldots-278"><code>\ldots</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005clefteqn-74"><code>\lefteqn</code></a>: <a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cline-112"><code>\line</code></a>: <a href="#_005cline">\line</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005clinebreak-230"><code>\linebreak</code></a>: <a href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005clinethickness-113"><code>\linethickness</code></a>: <a href="#_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005clistoffigures-358"><code>\listoffigures</code></a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005clistoftables-359"><code>\listoftables</code></a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005clocation-204"><code>\location</code></a>: <a href="#_005clocation">\location</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmakebox-333"><code>\makebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-114"><code>\makebox (picture)</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmakelabels-205"><code>\makelabels</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmaketitle-293"><code>\maketitle</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmarkboth-305"><code>\markboth</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmarkboth">\markboth</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmarkright-306"><code>\markright</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmarkright">\markright</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmathbf-394"><code>\mathbf</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmathcal-399"><code>\mathcal</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmathit-397"><code>\mathit</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmathnormal-398"><code>\mathnormal</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmathrm-393"><code>\mathrm</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmathsf-395"><code>\mathsf</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmathtt-396"><code>\mathtt</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmathversion-400"><code>\mathversion</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmbox-334"><code>\mbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmbox">\mbox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmdseries-378"><code>\mdseries</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmedskip-326"><code>\medskip</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmedskip">\medskip</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmulticolumn-148"><code>\multicolumn</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmultiput-115"><code>\multiput</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmultiput">\multiput</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cname-206"><code>\name</code></a>: <a href="#_005cname">\name</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnewcommand-27"><code>\newcommand</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnewcounter-10"><code>\newcounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnewenvironment-30"><code>\newenvironment</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnewfont-36"><code>\newfont</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnewlength-180"><code>\newlength</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnewline-232"><code>\newline</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnewpage-234"><code>\newpage</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnewsavebox-335"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnewtheorem-33"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnocite-154"><code>\nocite</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnocite">\nocite</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnofiles-360"><code>\nofiles</code></a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnoindent-245"><code>\noindent</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnolinebreak-236"><code>\nolinebreak</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnopagebreak-237"><code>\nopagebreak</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnormalfont-392"><code>\normalfont</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnormalsize-408"><code>\normalsize</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005conecolumn-53"><code>\onecolumn</code></a>: <a href="#_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005copening-207"><code>\opening</code></a>: <a href="#_005copening">\opening</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005coval-116"><code>\oval</code></a>: <a href="#_005coval">\oval</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005coverbrace-279"><code>\overbrace</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005coverline-280"><code>\overline</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cpagebreak-238"><code>\pagebreak</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cpagenumbering-302"><code>\pagenumbering</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cpageref-23"><code>\pageref</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cpagestyle-304"><code>\pagestyle</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cpar-247"><code>\par</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpar">\par</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cparagraph-312"><code>\paragraph</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cparbox-336"><code>\parbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cparbox">\parbox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cpoptabs-138"><code>\poptabs</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cps-209"><code>\ps</code></a>: <a href="#_005cps">\ps</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cpushtabs-137"><code>\pushtabs</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cput-117"><code>\put</code></a>: <a href="#_005cput">\put</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005craggedbottom-54"><code>\raggedbottom</code></a>: <a href="#_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005craggedleft-91"><code>\raggedleft</code></a>: <a href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005craggedright-84"><code>\raggedright</code></a>: <a href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005craisebox-337"><code>\raisebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005craisebox">\raisebox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cref-25"><code>\ref</code></a>: <a href="#_005cref">\ref</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005crefstepcounter-12"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005crmfamily-373"><code>\rmfamily</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cRoman-14"><code>\Roman</code></a>: <a href="#_005croman">\roman</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005croman-13"><code>\roman</code></a>: <a href="#_005croman">\roman</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005crule-338"><code>\rule</code></a>: <a href="#_005crule">\rule</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csavebox-339"><code>\savebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005csavebox">\savebox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csbox-340"><code>\sbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005csbox">\sbox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cscriptsize-405"><code>\scriptsize</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cscshape-388"><code>\scshape</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cselectfont-421"><code>\selectfont</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csetcounter-16"><code>\setcounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csetlength-182"><code>\setlength</code></a>: <a href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csettodepth-186"><code>\settodepth</code></a>: <a href="#_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csettoheight-187"><code>\settoheight</code></a>: <a href="#_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csettowidth-188"><code>\settowidth</code></a>: <a href="#_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csffamily-386"><code>\sffamily</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cshortstack-118"><code>\shortstack</code></a>: <a href="#_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csignature-210"><code>\signature</code></a>: <a href="#_005csignature">\signature</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csloppy-240"><code>\sloppy</code></a>: <a href="#_005csloppy">\sloppy</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cslshape-384"><code>\slshape</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csmall-407"><code>\small</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csmallskip-327"><code>\smallskip</code></a>: <a href="#_005csmallskip">\smallskip</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csqrt-281"><code>\sqrt</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cstartbreaks-211"><code>\startbreaks</code></a>: <a href="#_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cstepcounter-15"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cstopbreaks-212"><code>\stopbreaks</code></a>: <a href="#_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csubparagraph-313"><code>\subparagraph</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csubsection-311"><code>\subsection</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csubsubsection-310"><code>\subsubsection</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csymbol-347"><code>\symbol</code></a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctableofcontents-357"><code>\tableofcontents</code></a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctelephone-213"><code>\telephone</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctelephone">\telephone</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctextbf-379"><code>\textbf</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctextit-374"><code>\textit</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctextmd-377"><code>\textmd</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctextnormal-391"><code>\textnormal</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctextrm-372"><code>\textrm</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctextsc-387"><code>\textsc</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctextsf-385"><code>\textsf</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctextsl-383"><code>\textsl</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctexttt-389"><code>\texttt</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctextup-381"><code>\textup</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cthanks-298"><code>\thanks</code></a>: <a href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cthispagestyle-307"><code>\thispagestyle</code></a>: <a href="#_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctiny-404"><code>\tiny</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctitle-300"><code>\title</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctitle">\title</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctoday-165"><code>\today</code></a>: <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctotalheight-194"><code>\totalheight</code></a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cttfamily-390"><code>\ttfamily</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctwocolumn-55"><code>\twocolumn</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctypein-365"><code>\typein</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctypein">\typein</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctypeout-366"><code>\typeout</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctypeout">\typeout</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cunderbrace-282"><code>\underbrace</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cunderline-283"><code>\underline</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cupshape-382"><code>\upshape</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cusebox-341"><code>\usebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cusebox">\usebox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cusecounter-18"><code>\usecounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cusefont-422"><code>\usefont</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cusepackage-46"><code>\usepackage</code></a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cvalue-19"><code>\value</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvalue">\value</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cvdots-284"><code>\vdots</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cvector-119"><code>\vector</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvector">\vector</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cverb-171"><code>\verb</code></a>: <a href="#_005cverb">\verb</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cvfill-328"><code>\vfill</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvfill">\vfill</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cvline-149"><code>\vline</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvline">\vline</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cvspace-329"><code>\vspace</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvspace">\vspace</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cwidth-191"><code>\width</code></a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005e-264"><code>^</code></a>: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts & Superscripts</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005f-263"><code>_</code></a>: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts & Superscripts</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-array-61"><code>array</code></a>: <a href="#array">array</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-center-62"><code>center</code></a>: <a href="#center">center</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-description-67"><code>description</code></a>: <a href="#description">description</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-enumerate-69"><code>enumerate</code></a>: <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-eqnarray-71"><code>eqnarray</code></a>: <a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-equation-75"><code>equation</code></a>: <a href="#equation">equation</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-figure-78"><code>figure</code></a>: <a href="#figure">figure</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-flushleft-81"><code>flushleft</code></a>: <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-flushright-88"><code>flushright</code></a>: <a href="#flushright">flushright</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-itemize-95"><code>itemize</code></a>: <a href="#itemize">itemize</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-letter-98"><code>letter</code></a>: <a href="#letter">letter</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-list-99"><code>list</code></a>: <a href="#list">list</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-lrbox-332"><code>lrbox</code></a>: <a href="#lrbox">lrbox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-minipage-101"><code>minipage</code></a>: <a href="#minipage">minipage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-picture-105"><code>picture</code></a>: <a href="#picture">picture</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-quotation-120"><code>quotation</code></a>: <a href="#quotation">quotation</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-quote-123"><code>quote</code></a>: <a href="#quote">quote</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-tabbing-126"><code>tabbing</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-table-140"><code>table</code></a>: <a href="#table">table</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-tabular-143"><code>tabular</code></a>: <a href="#tabular">tabular</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-thebibliography-150"><code>thebibliography</code></a>: <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-theorem-160"><code>theorem</code></a>: <a href="#theorem">theorem</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-titlepage-162"><code>titlepage</code></a>: <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-verbatim-166"><code>verbatim</code></a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-verse-173"><code>verse</code></a>: <a href="#verse">verse</a></li> + </ul> +<div class="contents"> +<h2>Table of Contents</h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="toc_Overview" href="#Overview">1 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide</a> +<li><a name="toc_Commands" href="#Commands">2 Commands</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#Counters">2.1 Counters</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005caddtocounter">2.1.1 \addtocounter</a> +<li><a href="#_005calph">2.1.2 \alph</a> +<li><a href="#_005carabic">2.1.3 \arabic</a> +<li><a href="#_005cfnsymbol">2.1.4 \fnsymbol</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnewcounter">2.1.5 \newcounter</a> +<li><a href="#_005crefstepcounter">2.1.6 \refstepcounter</a> +<li><a href="#_005croman">2.1.7 \roman</a> +<li><a href="#_005cstepcounter">2.1.8 \stepcounter</a> +<li><a href="#_005csetcounter">2.1.9 \setcounter</a> +<li><a href="#_005cusecounter">2.1.10 \usecounter</a> +<li><a href="#_005cvalue">2.1.11 \value</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Cross-References">2.2 Cross References</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005clabel">2.2.1 \label</a> +<li><a href="#_005cpageref">2.2.2 \pageref</a> +<li><a href="#_005cref">2.2.3 \ref</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Definitions">2.3 Definitions</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cnewcommand">2.3.1 \newcommand</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnewenvironment">2.3.2 \newenvironment</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnewtheorem">2.3.3 \newtheorem</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnewfont">2.3.4 \newfont</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Document-Classes">2.4 Document Classes</a> +<li><a href="#Layout">2.5 Layout</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cflushbottom">2.5.1 \flushbottom</a> +<li><a href="#_005conecolumn">2.5.2 \onecolumn</a> +<li><a href="#_005craggedbottom">2.5.3 \raggedbottom</a> +<li><a href="#_005ctwocolumn">2.5.4 \twocolumn</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Environments">2.6 Environments</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#array">2.6.1 array</a> +<li><a href="#center">2.6.2 center</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005ccentering">2.6.2.1 \centering</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#description">2.6.3 description</a> +<li><a href="#enumerate">2.6.4 enumerate</a> +<li><a href="#eqnarray">2.6.5 eqnarray</a> +<li><a href="#equation">2.6.6 equation</a> +<li><a href="#figure">2.6.7 figure</a> +<li><a href="#flushleft">2.6.8 flushleft</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005craggedright">2.6.8.1 \raggedright</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#flushright">2.6.9 flushright</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005craggedleft">2.6.9.1 \raggedleft</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#itemize">2.6.10 itemize</a> +<li><a href="#letter">2.6.11 letter</a> +<li><a href="#list">2.6.12 list</a> +<li><a href="#minipage">2.6.13 minipage</a> +<li><a href="#picture">2.6.14 picture</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005ccircle">2.6.14.1 \circle</a> +<li><a href="#_005cdashbox">2.6.14.2 \dashbox</a> +<li><a href="#_005cframe">2.6.14.3 \frame</a> +<li><a href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">2.6.14.4 \framebox</a> +<li><a href="#_005cline">2.6.14.5 \line</a> +<li><a href="#_005clinethickness">2.6.14.6 \linethickness</a> +<li><a href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">2.6.14.7 \makebox</a> +<li><a href="#_005cmultiput">2.6.14.8 \multiput</a> +<li><a href="#_005coval">2.6.14.9 \oval</a> +<li><a href="#_005cput">2.6.14.10 \put</a> +<li><a href="#_005cshortstack">2.6.14.11 \shortstack</a> +<li><a href="#_005cvector">2.6.14.12 \vector</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#quotation">2.6.15 quotation</a> +<li><a href="#quote">2.6.16 quote</a> +<li><a href="#tabbing">2.6.17 tabbing</a> +<li><a href="#table">2.6.18 table</a> +<li><a href="#tabular">2.6.19 tabular</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005ccline">2.6.19.1 \cline</a> +<li><a href="#_005chline">2.6.19.2 \hline</a> +<li><a href="#_005cmulticolumn">2.6.19.3 \multicolumn</a> +<li><a href="#_005cvline">2.6.19.4 \vline</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#thebibliography">2.6.20 thebibliography</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cbibitem">2.6.20.1 \bibitem</a> +<li><a href="#_005ccite">2.6.20.2 \cite</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnocite">2.6.20.3 \nocite</a> +<li><a href="#Using-BibTeX">2.6.20.4 Using BibTeX</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#theorem">2.6.21 theorem</a> +<li><a href="#titlepage">2.6.22 titlepage</a> +<li><a href="#verbatim">2.6.23 verbatim</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cverb">2.6.23.1 \verb</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#verse">2.6.24 verse</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Footnotes">2.7 Footnotes</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cfootnote">2.7.1 \footnote</a> +<li><a href="#_005cfootnotemark">2.7.2 \footnotemark</a> +<li><a href="#_005cfootnotetext">2.7.3 \footnotetext</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Lengths">2.8 Lengths</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cnewlength">2.8.1 \newlength</a> +<li><a href="#_005csetlength">2.8.2 \setlength</a> +<li><a href="#_005caddtolength">2.8.3 \addtolength</a> +<li><a href="#_005csettodepth">2.8.4 \settodepth</a> +<li><a href="#_005csettoheight">2.8.5 \settoheight</a> +<li><a href="#_005csettowidth">2.8.6 \settowidth</a> +<li><a href="#Predefined-lengths">2.8.7 Predefined lengths</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Letters">2.9 Letters</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005caddress">2.9.1 \address</a> +<li><a href="#_005ccc">2.9.2 \cc</a> +<li><a href="#_005cclosing">2.9.3 \closing</a> +<li><a href="#_005cencl">2.9.4 \encl</a> +<li><a href="#_005clocation">2.9.5 \location</a> +<li><a href="#_005cmakelabels">2.9.6 \makelabels</a> +<li><a href="#_005cname">2.9.7 \name</a> +<li><a href="#_005copening">2.9.8 \opening</a> +<li><a href="#_005cps">2.9.9 \ps</a> +<li><a href="#_005csignature">2.9.10 \signature</a> +<li><a href="#_005cstartbreaks">2.9.11 \startbreaks</a> +<li><a href="#_005cstopbreaks">2.9.12 \stopbreaks</a> +<li><a href="#_005ctelephone">2.9.13 \telephone</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">2.10 Line & Page Breaking</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005c_005c">2.10.1 \\</a> +<li><a href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">2.10.2 \-</a> +<li><a href="#_005ccleardoublepage">2.10.3 \cleardoublepage</a> +<li><a href="#_005cclearpage">2.10.4 \clearpage</a> +<li><a href="#_005cenlargethispage">2.10.5 \enlargethispage</a> +<li><a href="#_005cfussy">2.10.6 \fussy</a> +<li><a href="#_005chyphenation">2.10.7 \hyphenation</a> +<li><a href="#_005clinebreak">2.10.8 \linebreak</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnewline">2.10.9 \newline</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnewpage">2.10.10 \newpage</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnolinebreak">2.10.11 \nolinebreak</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnopagebreak">2.10.12 \nopagebreak</a> +<li><a href="#_005cpagebreak">2.10.13 \pagebreak</a> +<li><a href="#_005csloppy">2.10.14 \sloppy</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Making-Paragraphs">2.11 Making Paragraphs</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cindent">2.11.1 \indent</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnoindent">2.11.2 \noindent</a> +<li><a href="#_005cpar">2.11.3 \par</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Margin-Notes">2.12 Margin Notes</a> +<li><a href="#Math-Formulae">2.13 Math Formulae</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">2.13.1 Subscripts & Superscripts</a> +<li><a href="#Math-Symbols">2.13.2 Math Symbols</a> +<li><a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">2.13.3 Spacing in Math Mode</a> +<li><a href="#Math-Miscellany">2.13.4 Math Miscellany</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Modes">2.14 Modes</a> +<li><a href="#Page-Styles">2.15 Page Styles</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cmaketitle">2.15.1 \maketitle</a> +<li><a href="#_005cauthor">2.15.2 \author</a> +<li><a href="#_005cdate">2.15.3 \date</a> +<li><a href="#_005cthanks">2.15.4 \thanks</a> +<li><a href="#_005ctitle">2.15.5 \title</a> +<li><a href="#_005cpagenumbering">2.15.6 \pagenumbering</a> +<li><a href="#_005cpagestyle">2.15.7 \pagestyle</a> +<li><a href="#_005cmarkboth">2.15.8 \markboth</a> +<li><a href="#_005cmarkright">2.15.9 \markright</a> +<li><a href="#_005cthispagestyle">2.15.10 \thispagestyle</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Sectioning">2.16 Sectioning</a> +<li><a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">2.17 Spaces & Boxes</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cdotfill">2.17.1 \dotfill</a> +<li><a href="#_005chfill">2.17.2 \hfill</a> +<li><a href="#_005chrulefill">2.17.3 \hrulefill</a> +<li><a href="#_005chspace">2.17.4 \hspace</a> +<li><a href="#_005caddvspace">2.17.5 \addvspace</a> +<li><a href="#_005cbigskip">2.17.6 \bigskip</a> +<li><a href="#_005cmedskip">2.17.7 \medskip</a> +<li><a href="#_005csmallskip">2.17.8 \smallskip</a> +<li><a href="#_005cvfill">2.17.9 \vfill</a> +<li><a href="#_005cvspace">2.17.10 \vspace</a> +<li><a href="#_005cfbox">2.17.11 \fbox</a> +<li><a href="#_005cframebox">2.17.12 \framebox</a> +<li><a href="#lrbox">2.17.13 lrbox</a> +<li><a href="#_005cmakebox">2.17.14 \makebox</a> +<li><a href="#_005cmbox">2.17.15 \mbox</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnewsavebox">2.17.16 \newsavebox</a> +<li><a href="#_005cparbox">2.17.17 \parbox</a> +<li><a href="#_005craisebox">2.17.18 \raisebox</a> +<li><a href="#_005crule">2.17.19 \rule</a> +<li><a href="#_005csavebox">2.17.20 \savebox</a> +<li><a href="#_005csbox">2.17.21 \sbox</a> +<li><a href="#_005cusebox">2.17.22 \usebox</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Special-Characters">2.18 Special Characters</a> +<li><a href="#Splitting-the-Input">2.19 Splitting the Input</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cinclude">2.19.1 \include</a> +<li><a href="#_005cincludeonly">2.19.2 \includeonly</a> +<li><a href="#_005cinput">2.19.3 \input</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">2.20 Starting & Ending</a> +<li><a href="#Table-of-Contents">2.21 Table of Contents</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005caddcontentsline">2.21.1 \addcontentsline</a> +<li><a href="#_005caddtocontents">2.21.2 \addtocontents</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">2.22 Terminal Input/Output</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005ctypein">2.22.1 \typein</a> +<li><a href="#_005ctypeout">2.22.2 \typeout</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Typefaces">2.23 Typefaces</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#Styles">2.23.1 \Styles</a> +<li><a href="#Sizes">2.23.2 Sizes</a> +<li><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">2.23.3 Low-level font commands</a> +</li></ul> +</li></ul> +<li><a name="toc_Parameters" href="#Parameters">3 Parameters</a> +<li><a name="toc_Concept-Index" href="#Concept-Index">Concept Index</a> +<li><a name="toc_Command-Index" href="#Command-Index">Command Index</a> +</li></ul> +</div> + +</body></html> + diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e0ccd6d4546 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex2e.html b/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex2e.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..db830bbde27 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex2e.html @@ -0,0 +1,6090 @@ +<html lang="en"> +<head> +<title>Untitled</title> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html"> +<meta name="description" content="Untitled"> +<meta name="generator" content="makeinfo 4.7"> +<link title="Top" rel="top" href="#Top"> +<link href="http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/" rel="generator-home" title="Texinfo Homepage"> +<!-- +This file documents LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. LaTeX2e is a +macro package for TeX. + +This is edition 1.6 of the LaTeX2e documentation, and is for the Texinfo +that is distributed as part of Version 19 of GNU Emacs. It uses version +2.134 or later of the texinfo.tex input file. + +This is translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The +pre-translation version was written by George D. Greenwade of Sam +Houston State University. + +The LaTeX 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore <stg@dcs.ed.ac.uk>. + +The LaTeX2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen +<bullestock@dk-online.dk>. + +Copyright 1988,1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright 1994-1996 Torsten Martinsen. + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +are preserved on all copies. + + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire +resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission +notice identical to this one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that the sections entitled ``Distribution'' and ``General Public +License'' may be included in a translation approved by the author instead +of in the original English.--> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css"> +<style type="text/css"><!-- + pre.display { font-family:inherit } + pre.format { font-family:inherit } + pre.smalldisplay { font-family:inherit; font-size:smaller } + pre.smallformat { font-family:inherit; font-size:smaller } + pre.smallexample { font-size:smaller } + pre.smalllisp { font-size:smaller } + span.sc { font-variant:small-caps } + span.roman { font-family: serif; font-weight: normal; } +--></style> +</head> +<body> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Top"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Overview">Overview</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#dir">(dir)</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#dir">(dir)</a> +<br> +</div> + + <p>LaTeX2e is a document preparation system implemented as a macro package +for Donald E. Knuth's TeX typesetting program. + + <p>LaTeX was originally conceived by Leslie Lamport. + + <p>This is edition 1.6 of the LaTeX2e documentation. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Overview">Overview</a>: What is LaTeX? +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Commands">Commands</a>: Commands within a LaTeX document. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Parameters">Parameters</a>: The command line. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Command-Index">Command Index</a>: An alphabetical list of LaTeX commands. +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#Concept-Index">Concept Index</a>: An alphabetical list of concepts. + + </ul> + +<!-- **************************************** --> +<!-- ************** OVERVIEW **************** --> +<!-- **************************************** --> +<!-- LEVEL1 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Overview"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Commands">Commands</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Top">Top</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h2 class="chapter">1 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide</h2> + +<p><a name="index-Overview-of-LaTeX-1"></a><a name="index-LaTeX-overview-2"></a> +The LaTeX command typesets a file of text using the TeX program and the +LaTeX Macro package for TeX. To be more specific, it processes an input +file containing the text of a document with interspersed commands that +describe how the text should be formatted. It produces at least three +files as output: + + <ol type=1 start=1> +<li>A “Device Independent”, or <span class="file">.dvi</span> file. This contains commands that +can be translated into commands for a variety of output devices. You +can view the output of LaTeX by using a program such as <code>xdvi</code>, +which actually uses the <span class="file">.dvi</span> file. +<li>A “transcript” or <span class="file">.log</span> file that contains summary information and +diagnostic messages for any errors discovered in the input file. +<li>An “auxiliary” or <span class="file">.aux</span> file. This is used by LaTeX itself, for +things such as sectioning. + </ol> + + <p>For a description of what goes on inside TeX, you should consult +<cite>The TeXbook</cite> by Donald E. Knuth, ISBN 0-201-13448-9, published +jointly by the American Mathematical Society and Addison-Wesley +Publishing Company. + + <p>For a description of LaTeX, you should consult: + + <p><cite>LaTeX: A Document Preparation System</cite>, by Leslie Lamport, +Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 2nd edition, 1994. + + <p><cite>The LaTeX Companion</cite>, by Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and +Alexander Samarin, Addison-Wesley, 1994. + +<!-- **************************************** --> +<!-- ************** COMMANDS **************** --> +<!-- **************************************** --> +<!-- LEVEL1 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Commands"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Parameters">Parameters</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Overview">Overview</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h2 class="chapter">2 Commands</h2> + +<p>A LaTeX command begins with the command name, which consists of a +<code>\</code> followed by either (a) a string of letters or (b) a single +non-letter. Arguments contained in square brackets, <code>[]</code>, are +optional while arguments contained in braces, <code>{}</code>, are required. + + <p>NOTE: LaTeX is case sensitive. Enter all commands in lower case +unless explicitly directed to do otherwise. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Counters">Counters</a>: Internal counters used by LaTeX. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>: Automatic referencing. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>: Define your own commands etc. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a>: Some of the various classes available. +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#Environments">Environments</a>: Such as enumerate & itemize. +<li><a accesskey="6" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>: How to produce footnotes. +<li><a accesskey="7" href="#Layout">Layout</a>: Controlling the page layout. +<li><a accesskey="8" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>: The length commands. +<li><a accesskey="9" href="#Letters">Letters</a>: The letter class. +<li><a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a>: How to insert pagebreaks etc. +<li><a href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>: Paragraph commands. +<li><a href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a>: Putting remarks in the margin. +<li><a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>: How to create mathematical formulae. +<li><a href="#Modes">Modes</a>: Paragraph, Math or LR modes. +<li><a href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>: Various styles of page layout. +<li><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>: How to section properly. +<li><a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a>: All the associated commands. +<li><a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a>: Special reserved characters. +<li><a href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>: Dealing with big files by splitting. +<li><a href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting & Ending</a>: The formal start & end layouts. +<li><a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>: How to create a table of contents. +<li><a href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a>: User interaction. +<li><a href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a>: Such as bold, italics etc. +</ul> + +<!-- *************************************** --> +<!-- **** Command's LEVEL2 Starts Here. **** --> +<!-- *************************************** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- ******* Counters ******** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Counters"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Commands">Commands</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.1 Counters</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Counters_002c-a-list-of-3"></a><a name="index-Variables_002c-a-list-of-4"></a> +Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The +name of the counter is the same as the name of the environment or +command that produces the number, except with no <code>\</code>. (enumi - +enumiv are used for the nested enumerate environment.) Below is a list +of the counters used in LaTeX's standard document classes to control +numbering. + +<pre class="example"> part paragraph figure enumi + chapter subparagraph table enumii + section page footnote enumiii + subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv + subsubsection +</pre> + <ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005caddtocounter">\addtocounter</a>: Add a quantity to a counter. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005calph">\alph</a>: Print value of a counter using letters. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005carabic">\arabic</a>: Print value of a counter using numerals. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cfnsymbol">\fnsymbol</a>: Print value of a counter using symbols. +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a>: Define a new counter. +<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a>: Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. +<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005croman">\roman</a>: Print value of a counter using roman numerals. +<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>: Set the value of a counter. +<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>: Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. +<li><a href="#_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a>: Use a specified counter in a list environment. +<li><a href="#_005cvalue">\value</a>: Use the value of a counter in an expression. +</ul> + +<!-- ******************* --> +<!-- ** \addtocounter ** --> +<!-- ******************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005caddtocounter"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005calph">\alph</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Counters">Counters</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.1 \addtocounter</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005caddtocounter-5"></a> +<code>\addtocounter{counter}{value}</code> + + <p>The <code>\addtocounter</code> command increments the <code>counter</code> by the +amount specified by the <code>value</code> argument. The <code>value</code> +argument can be negative. + +<!-- ************ --> +<!-- ** \alph *** --> +<!-- ************ --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005calph"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005carabic">\arabic</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddtocounter">\addtocounter</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.2 \alph</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005calph-6"></a><a name="index-_005cAlph-7"></a> +<code>\alph{counter}</code> + + <p>This command causes the value of the <code>counter</code> to be printed in +alphabetic characters. The <code>\alph</code> command uses lower case +alphabetic alphabetic characters, i.e., <code>a, b, c...</code> while the +<code>\Alph</code> command uses upper case alphabetic characters, i.e., +<code>A, B, C...</code>. + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- ** \arabic *** --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005carabic"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfnsymbol">\fnsymbol</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005calph">\alph</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.3 \arabic</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005carabic-8"></a> +<code>\arabic{counter}</code> + + <p>The <code>\arabic</code> command causes the value of the <code>counter</code> to be +printed in Arabic numbers, i.e., <code>3</code>. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \fnsymbol ** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cfnsymbol"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005carabic">\arabic</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.4 \fnsymbol</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cfnsymbol-9"></a> +<code>\fnsymbol{counter}</code> + + <p>The <code>\fnsymbol</code> command causes the value of the <code>counter</code> to +be printed in a specific sequence of nine symbols that can be used for +numbering footnotes. + + <p>NB. <code>counter</code> must have a value between 1 and 9 inclusive. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- ** \newcounter ** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnewcounter"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfnsymbol">\fnsymbol</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.5 \newcounter</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnewcounter-10"></a><a name="index-Counters_002c-creating-11"></a> +<code>\newcounter{foo}[counter]</code> + + <p>The <code>\newcounter</code> command defines a new counter named <code>foo</code>. +The counter is initialized to zero. + + <p>The optional argument <code>[counter]</code> causes the counter <code>foo</code> to +be reset whenever the counter named in the optional argument is +incremented. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- ** \refstepcounter ** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005crefstepcounter"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005croman">\roman</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.6 \refstepcounter</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005crefstepcounter-12"></a> +<code>\refstepcounter{counter}</code> + + <p>The <code>\refstepcounter</code> command works like <code>\stepcounter</code> +See <a href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>, except it also defines the current <code>\ref</code> +value to be the result of <code>\thecounter</code>. + +<!-- ************ --> +<!-- ** \roman ** --> +<!-- ************ --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005croman"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.7 \roman</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005croman-13"></a><a name="index-_005cRoman-14"></a> +<code>\roman{counter}</code> + + <p>This command causes the value of the <code>counter</code> to be printed in +Roman numerals. The <code>\roman</code> command uses lower case Roman +numerals, i.e., <code>i, ii, iii...</code>, while the <code>\Roman</code> command +uses upper case Roman numerals, i.e., <code>I, II, III...</code>. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- ** \stepcounter ** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cstepcounter"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005croman">\roman</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.8 \stepcounter</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cstepcounter-15"></a> +<code>\stepcounter{counter}</code> + + <p>The <code>\stepcounter</code> command adds one to the <code>counter</code> and +resets all subsidiary counters. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- ** \setcounter ** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csetcounter"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.9 \setcounter</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csetcounter-16"></a><a name="index-Counters_002c-setting-17"></a> +<code>\setcounter{counter}{value}</code> + + <p>The <code>\setcounter</code> command sets the value of the <code>counter</code> to +that specified by the <code>value</code> argument. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- ** \usecounter ** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cusecounter"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvalue">\value</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.10 \usecounter</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cusecounter-18"></a> +<code>\usecounter{counter}</code> + + <p>The <code>\usecounter</code> command is used in the second argument of the +<code>list</code> environment to allow the counter specified to be used to +number the list items. + +<!-- ************ --> +<!-- ** \value ** --> +<!-- ************ --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cvalue"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.1.11 \value</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cvalue-19"></a><a name="index-Counters_002c-getting-the-value-of-20"></a> +<code>\value{counter}</code> + + <p>The <code>\value</code> command produces the value of the <code>counter</code> named +in the mandatory argument. It can be used where LaTeX expects an +integer or number, such as the second argument of a <code>\setcounter</code> +or <code>\addtocounter</code> command, or in: + +<pre class="example"> \hspace{\value{foo}\parindent} +</pre> + <p>It is useful for doing arithmetic with counters. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** Cross References *** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Cross-References"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Counters">Counters</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.2 Cross References</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Cross-referencing-21"></a> +One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer +the reader to them, as in “See Figure 3 for more details.” + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005clabel">\label</a>: Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a>: Refer to a page number. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cref">\ref</a>: Refer to a section, figure or similar. +</ul> + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \label ************* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005clabel"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.2.1 \label</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005clabel-22"></a> +<code>\label{key}</code> + + <p>A <code>\label</code> command appearing in ordinary text assigns to the +<code>key</code> the number of the current sectional unit; one appearing +inside a numbered environment assigns that number to the <code>key</code>. + + <p>A <code>key</code> can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or +punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are different. + + <p>To avoid accidentally creating two labels with the same name, it is +common to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix separated by a +colon. The prefixes conventionally used are + + <ul> +<li><code>cha</code> +for chapters +<li><code>sec</code> +for lower-level sectioning commands +<li><code>fig</code> +for figures +<li><code>tab</code> +for tables +<li><code>eq</code> +for equations +</ul> + + <p>Thus, a label for a figure would look like <code>fig:bandersnatch</code>. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \pageref *********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cpageref"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cref">\ref</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005clabel">\label</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.2.2 \pageref</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cpageref-23"></a><a name="index-Cross-referencing-using-page-number-24"></a> +<code>\pageref{key}</code> + + <p>The <code>\pageref</code> command produces the page number of the place in the +text where the corresponding <code>\label</code> command appears. ie. where +<code>\label{key}</code> appears. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \ref *************** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cref"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.2.3 \ref</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cref-25"></a><a name="index-Cross-referencing-using-section-number-26"></a> +<code>\ref{key}</code> + + <p>The <code>\ref</code> command produces the number of the sectional unit, +equation number, ... of the corresponding <code>\label</code> command. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** Definitions ******** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Definitions"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.3 Definitions</h3> + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a>: Define a new command. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a>: Define a new environment. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a>: Define a new theorem-like environment. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a>: Define a new font name. +</ul> + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \newcommand ******** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnewcommand"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.3.1 \newcommand</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnewcommand-27"></a><a name="index-Commands_002c-defining-new-ones-28"></a><a name="index-Defining-a-new-command-29"></a> +<pre class="example"> \newcommand{cmd}[args]{definition} + \newcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition} + \renewcommand{cmd}[args]{definition} + \renewcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition} +</pre> + <p>These commands define (or redefine) a command. + + <dl> +<dt><code>cmd</code><dd>A command name beginning with a <code>\</code>. For <code>\newcommand</code> it +must not be already defined and must not begin with <code>\end</code>; for +<code>\renewcommand</code> it must already be defined. + + <br><dt><code>args</code><dd>An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of the command +being defined. The default is for the command to have no arguments. + + <br><dt><code>def</code><dd>If this optional parameter is present, it means that the command's first +argument is optional. The default value of the optional argument is +<code>def</code>. + + <br><dt><code>definition</code><dd>The text to be substituted for every occurrence of <code>cmd</code>; a +parameter of the form <code>#n</code> in <code>cmd</code> is replaced by the text of +the nth argument when this substitution takes place. + + </dl> + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \newenvironment **** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnewenvironment"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.3.2 \newenvironment</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnewenvironment-30"></a><a name="index-Environments_002c-defining-31"></a><a name="index-Defining-new-environments-32"></a> +<pre class="example"> \newenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef} + \newenvironment{nam}[args][default]{begdef}{enddef} + \renewenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef} +</pre> + <p>These commands define or redefine an environment. + + <dl> +<dt><code>nam</code><dd>The name of the environment. For <code>\newenvironment</code> there must be +no currently defined environment by that name, and the command +<code>\nam</code> must be undefined. For <code>\renewenvironment</code> the +environment must already be defined. + + <br><dt><code>args</code><dd>An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of +the newly-defined environment. The default is no arguments. + + <br><dt><code>default</code><dd>If this is specified, the first argument is optional, and <code>default</code> +gives the default value for that argument. + + <br><dt><code>begdef</code><dd>The text substituted for every occurrence of <code>\begin{nam}</code>; a +parameter of the form <code>#n</code> in <code>cmd</code> is replaced by the text of +the nth argument when this substitution takes place. + + <br><dt><code>enddef</code><dd>The text substituted for every occurrence of <code>\end{nam}</code>. It may +not contain any argument parameters. + + </dl> + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \newtheorem ******** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnewtheorem"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.3.3 \newtheorem</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnewtheorem-33"></a><a name="index-Theorems_002c-defining-34"></a><a name="index-Defining-new-theorems-35"></a> +<pre class="example"> \newtheorem{env_name}{caption}[within] + \newtheorem{env_name}[numbered_like]{caption} +</pre> + <p>This command defines a theorem-like environment. + + <dl> +<dt><code>env_name</code><dd>The name of the environment to be defined. A string of letters. It must +not be the name of an existing environment or counter. + + <br><dt><code>caption</code><dd>The text printed at the beginning of the environment, right before the +number. This may simply say “Theorem”, for example. + + <br><dt><code>within</code><dd>The name of an already defined counter, usually of a sectional unit. +Provides a means of resetting the new theorem counter <strong>within</strong> +the sectional unit. + + <br><dt><code>numbered_like</code><dd>The name of an already defined theorem-like environment. + + </dl> + + <p>The <code>\newtheorem</code> command may have at most one optional argument. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \newfont *********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnewfont"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.3.4 \newfont</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnewfont-36"></a><a name="index-Fonts_002c-new-commands-for-37"></a><a name="index-Defining-new-fonts-38"></a> +<code>\newfont{cmd}{font_name}</code> + + <p>Defines the command name <code>cmd</code>, which must not be currently +defined, to be a declaration that selects the font named +<code>font_name</code> to be the current font. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** Document Classes **** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Document-Classes"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Environments">Environments</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.4 Document Classes</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Document-Classes-39"></a><a name="index-Classes-of-document-40"></a><a name="index-article-class-41"></a><a name="index-report-class-42"></a><a name="index-book-class-43"></a><a name="index-letter-class-44"></a><a name="index-_005cdocumentclass-45"></a> +Valid LaTeX document classes include: + + <ul> +<li>article +<li>report +<li>letter +<li>book +<li>slides +</ul> + + <p>Other document classes are often available. See <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>, for details. +They are selected with the following command: + + <p><code>\documentclass [options] {class}</code> + + <p>All the standard classes (except slides) accept the following options +for selecting the typeface size (10 pt is default): + + <p>10pt, 11pt, 12pt + + <p>All classes accept these options for selecting the paper size (default +is letter): + + <p>a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, letterpaper, legalpaper, executivepaper + + <p>Miscellaneous options: + + <ul> +<li>landscape — selects landscape format. Default is portrait. +<li>titlepage, notitlepage — selects if there should be a separate title +page. +<li>leqno — equation number on left side of equations. Default is right side. +<li>fleqn — displayed formulas flush left. Default is centred. +<li>openbib — use “open” bibliography format. +<li>draft, final — mark/do not mark overfull boxes with a rule. +Default is final. +</ul> + + <p>These options are not available with the slides class: + + <ul> +<li>oneside, twoside — selects one- or twosided layout. Default is +oneside, except for the book class. +<li>openright, openany — determines if a chapter should start on a +right-hand page. Default is openright for book. +<li>onecolumn, twocolumn — one or two columns. Defaults to one column. +</ul> + + <p>The slides class offers the option <code>clock</code> for printing the time at +the bottom of each note. + + <p>If you specify more than one option, they must be separated by a comma. + + <p>Additional packages are loaded by a + + <p><code>\usepackage[options]{pkg}</code> +<a name="index-_005cusepackage-46"></a> +command. If you specify more than one package, they must be separated by +a comma. +<a name="index-Packages_002c-loading-47"></a><a name="index-Loading-additional-packages-48"></a> +Any options given in the <code>\documentclass</code> command that are unknown +by the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with +<code>\usepackage</code>. +<a name="index-Global-options-49"></a><a name="index-Options_002c-global-50"></a> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Layout"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<p><a name="index-Layout-commands-51"></a> + +<h3 class="section">2.5 Layout</h3> + +<p>Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of the page. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a>: Make all text pages the same height. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a>: Use one-column layout. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a>: Allow text pages of differing height. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a>: Use two-column layout. +</ul> + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \flushbottom ******* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cflushbottom"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Layout">Layout</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.5.1 \flushbottom</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cflushbottom-52"></a> +The <code>\flushbottom</code> declaration makes all text pages the same +height, adding extra vertical space when necessary to fill out the page. + + <p>This is the standard if twocolumn mode is selected. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \onecolumn ********* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005conecolumn"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Layout">Layout</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.5.2 \onecolumn</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005conecolumn-53"></a> +The <code>\onecolumn</code> declaration starts a new page and produces +single-column output. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \raggedbottom ****** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005craggedbottom"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Layout">Layout</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.5.3 \raggedbottom</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005craggedbottom-54"></a> +The <code>\raggedbottom</code> declaration makes all pages the height of the +text on that page. No extra vertical space is added. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** \twocolumn ********* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ctwocolumn"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Layout">Layout</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.5.4 \twocolumn</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005ctwocolumn-55"></a><a name="index-Multicolumn-text-56"></a> +<code>\twocolumn[text]</code> + + <p>The <code>\twocolumn</code> declaration starts a new page and produces +two-column output. If the optional <code>text</code> argument is present, it +is typeset in one-column mode. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** Environments ******* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Environments"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.6 Environments</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Environments-57"></a><a name="index-_005cbegin-58"></a><a name="index-_005cend-59"></a> +LaTeX provides a number of different paragraph-making environments. +Each environment begins and ends in the same manner. + +<pre class="example"> \begin{environment-name} + . + . + . + \end{environment-name} +</pre> + <ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#array">array</a>: Math arrays. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#center">center</a>: Centred lines. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#description">description</a>: Labelled lists. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>: Numbered lists. +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a>: Sequences of aligned equations. +<li><a accesskey="6" href="#equation">equation</a>: Displayed equation. +<li><a accesskey="7" href="#figure">figure</a>: Floating figures. +<li><a accesskey="8" href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>: Flushed left lines. +<li><a accesskey="9" href="#flushright">flushright</a>: Flushed right lines. +<li><a href="#itemize">itemize</a>: Bulleted lists. +<li><a href="#letter">letter</a>: Letters. +<li><a href="#list">list</a>: Generic list environment. +<li><a href="#minipage">minipage</a>: Miniature page. +<li><a href="#picture">picture</a>: Picture with text, arrows, lines and circles. +<li><a href="#quotation">quotation</a>: Indented environment with paragraph indentation. +<li><a href="#quote">quote</a>: Indented environment with no paragraph indentation. +<li><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a>: Align text arbitrarily. +<li><a href="#table">table</a>: Floating tables. +<li><a href="#tabular">tabular</a>: Align text in columns. +<li><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>: Bibliography or reference list. +<li><a href="#theorem">theorem</a>: Theorems, lemmas, etc. +<li><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>: For hand crafted title pages. +<li><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>: Simulating typed input. +<li><a href="#verse">verse</a>: For poetry and other things. +</ul> + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** array ************** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="array"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#center">center</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Environments">Environments</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.1 array</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Arrays_002c-math-60"></a><a name="index-array-61"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{array}{col1col2...coln} + column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ + . + . + . + \end{array} +</pre> + <p>Math arrays are produced with the array environment. It has a single +mandatory argument describing the number of columns and the alignment +within them. Each column, <code>coln</code>, is specified by a single letter +that tells how items in that row should be formatted. + + <ul> +<li><code>c</code> — for centred +<li><code>l</code> — for flush left +<li><code>r</code> — for flush right +</ul> + + <p>Column entries must be separated by an <code>&</code>. Column entries may +include other LaTeX commands. Each row of the array must be terminated +with the string <code>\\</code>. + + <p>Note that the <code>array</code> environment can only be used in math mode, so +normally it is used inside an <code>equation</code> environment. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** center ************* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="center"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#description">description</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#array">array</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.2 center</h4> + +<p><a name="index-center-62"></a><a name="index-Centering-text_002c-environment-for-63"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{center} + Text on line 1 \\ + Text on line 2 \\ + . + . + . + \end{center} +</pre> + <p>The <code>center</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of +lines that are centred within the left and right margins on the current +page. Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005ccentering">\centering</a>: The declaration form of the <code>center</code> environment. +</ul> + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- ** \centering *** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ccentering"></a>Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#center">center</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.2.1 \centering</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005ccentering-64"></a><a name="index-Centering-text-65"></a><a name="index-Formatting-Text-66"></a> +This declaration corresponds to the <code>center</code> environment. This +declaration can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> or in +a <code>parbox</code>. The text of a figure or table can be centred on the +page by putting a <code>\centering</code> command at the beginning of the +figure or table environment. + + <p>Unlike the <code>center</code> environment, the <code>\centering</code> command does +not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph +units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the +declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code> command (of an +environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** description ******** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="description"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#center">center</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.3 description</h4> + +<p><a name="index-description-67"></a><a name="index-Labelled-lists_002c-creating-68"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{description} + \item [label] First item + \item [label] Second item + . + . + . + \end{description} +</pre> + <p>The <code>description</code> environment is used to make labelled lists. The +<code>label</code> is bold face and flushed right. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** enumerate ********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="enumerate"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#description">description</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.4 enumerate</h4> + +<p><a name="index-enumerate-69"></a><a name="index-Lists-of-items_002c-numbered-70"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{enumerate} + \item First item + \item Second item + . + . + . + \end{enumerate} +</pre> + <p>The <code>enumerate</code> environment produces a numbered list. Enumerations +can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also +be nested within other paragraph-making environments. + + <p>Each item of an enumerated list begins with an <code>\item</code> command. +There must be at least one <code>\item</code> command within the environment. + + <p>The <code>enumerate</code> environment uses the <code>enumi</code> through +<code>enumiv</code> counters (see <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>). The type of numbering can be +changed by redefining <code>\theenumi</code> etc. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** eqnarray *********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="eqnarray"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#equation">equation</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.5 eqnarray</h4> + +<p><a name="index-eqnarray-71"></a><a name="index-Equations_002c-aligning-72"></a><a name="index-Aligning-Equations-73"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{eqnarray} + math formula 1 \\ + math formula 2 \\ + . + . + . + \end{eqnarray} +</pre> + <p>The <code>eqnarray</code> environment is used to display a sequence of +equations or inequalities. It is very much like a three-column +<code>array</code> environment, with consecutive rows separated by <code>\\</code> +and consecutive items within a row separated by an <code>&</code>. + + <p>An equation number is placed on every line unless that line has a +<code>\nonumber</code> command. + + <p><a name="index-_005clefteqn-74"></a> +The command <code>\lefteqn</code> is used for splitting long formulas across +lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of +zero width. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** equation *********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="equation"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#figure">figure</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.6 equation</h4> + +<p><a name="index-equation-75"></a><a name="index-Equations_002c-environment-for-76"></a><a name="index-Formulae_002c-environment-for-77"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{equation} + math formula + \end{equation} +</pre> + <p>The <code>equation</code> environment centres your equation on the page and places +the equation number in the right margin. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** figure ************* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="figure"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#equation">equation</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.7 figure</h4> + +<p><a name="index-figure-78"></a><a name="index-Inserting-figures-79"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{figure}[placement] + + body of the figure + + \caption{figure title} + \end{figure} +</pre> + <p><a name="index-_005ccaption-80"></a>Figures are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are +usually “floated” to a convenient place, like the top of a page. +Figures will not be split between two pages. + + <p>The optional argument <code>[placement]</code> determines where LaTeX will try +to place your figure. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly +put a float: + + <ol type=1 start=1> +<li><code>h</code> (Here) - at the position in the text where the figure +environment appears. +<li><code>t</code> (Top) - at the top of a text page. +<li><code>b</code> (Bottom) - at the bottom of a text page. +<li><code>p</code> (Page of floats) - on a separate float page, which is a page +containing no text, only floats. + </ol> + + <p>The standard report and article classes use the default placement +<code>tbp</code>. + + <p>The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, etc. +you wish. The <code>\caption</code> command allows you to title your figure. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** flushleft ********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="flushleft"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#flushright">flushright</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#figure">figure</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.8 flushleft</h4> + +<p><a name="index-flushleft-81"></a><a name="index-Left_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for-82"></a><a name="index-Ragged-right-text_002c-environment-for-83"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{flushleft} + Text on line 1 \\ + Text on line 2 \\ + . + . + . + \end{flushleft} +</pre> + <p>The <code>flushleft</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph +consisting of lines that are flushed left, to the left-hand margin. +Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a>: The declaration form of the <code>flushleft</code> environment. +</ul> + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- * \raggedright ** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005craggedright"></a>Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#flushleft">flushleft</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.8.1 \raggedright</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005craggedright-84"></a><a name="index-Ragged-right-text-85"></a><a name="index-Left_002djustifying-text-86"></a><a name="index-Justification_002c-ragged-right-87"></a> +This declaration corresponds to the <code>flushleft</code> environment. This +declaration can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> or in +a <code>parbox</code>. + + <p>Unlike the <code>flushleft</code> environment, the <code>\raggedright</code> command +does not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats +paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the +declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code> command (of an +environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** flushright ********* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="flushright"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#itemize">itemize</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.9 flushright</h4> + +<p><a name="index-flushright-88"></a><a name="index-Ragged-left-text_002c-environment-for-89"></a><a name="index-Right_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for-90"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{flushright} + Text on line 1 \\ + Text on line 2 \\ + . + . + . + \end{flushright} +</pre> + <p>The <code>flushright</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph +consisting of lines that are flushed right, to the right-hand margin. +Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a>: The declaration form of the <code>flushright</code> environment. +</ul> + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- * \raggedleft *** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005craggedleft"></a>Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#flushright">flushright</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.9.1 \raggedleft</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005craggedleft-91"></a><a name="index-Ragged-left-text-92"></a><a name="index-Justification_002c-ragged-left-93"></a><a name="index-Right_002djustifying-text-94"></a> +This declaration corresponds to the <code>flushright</code> environment. This +declaration can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> or in +a <code>parbox</code>. + + <p>Unlike the <code>flushright</code> environment, the <code>\raggedleft</code> command +does not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats +paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the +declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code> command (of an +environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** itemize ************ --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="itemize"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#letter">letter</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#flushright">flushright</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.10 itemize</h4> + +<p><a name="index-itemize-95"></a><a name="index-_005citem-96"></a><a name="index-Lists-of-items-97"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{itemize} + \item First item + \item Second item + . + . + . + \end{itemize} +</pre> + <p>The <code>itemize</code> environment produces a “bulleted” list. Itemizations +can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also +be nested within other paragraph-making environments. + + <p>Each item of an <code>itemized</code> list begins with an <code>\item</code> command. +There must be at least one <code>\item</code> command within the environment. + + <p>The <code>itemize</code> environment uses the <code>itemi</code> through +<code>itemiv</code> counters (see <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>). The type of numbering can be +changed by redefining <code>\theitemi</code> etc. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** letter ************ --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="letter"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#list">list</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#itemize">itemize</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.11 letter</h4> + +<p><a name="index-letter-98"></a> +This environment is used for creating letters. See <a href="#Letters">Letters</a>. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** list *************** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="list"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#minipage">minipage</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#letter">letter</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.12 list</h4> + +<p><a name="index-list-99"></a><a name="index-Lists-of-items_002c-generic-100"></a> +The <code>list</code> environment is a generic environment which is used for +defining many of the more specific environments. It is seldom used in +documents, but often in macros. + +<pre class="example"> \begin{list}{label}{spacing} + \item First item + \item Second item + . + . + . + \end{list} +</pre> + <p>The <code>{label}</code> argument specifies how items should be labelled. +This argument is a piece of text that is inserted in a box to form the +label. This argument can and usually does contain other LaTeX commands. + + <p>The <code>{spacing}</code> argument contains commands to change the spacing +parameters for the list. This argument will most often be null, i.e., +<code>{}</code>. This will select all default spacing which should suffice +for most cases. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** minipage *********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="minipage"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#picture">picture</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#list">list</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.13 minipage</h4> + +<p><a name="index-minipage-101"></a><a name="index-Footnotes-in-figures-102"></a><a name="index-Figures_002c-footnotes-in-103"></a><a name="index-Minipage_002c-creating-a-104"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{minipage}[position]{width} + text + \end{minipage} +</pre> + <p>The <code>minipage</code> environment is similar to a <code>\parbox</code> command. +It takes the same optional <code>position</code> argument and mandatory +<code>width</code> argument. You may use other paragraph-making environments +inside a minipage. + + <p>Footnotes in a <code>minipage</code> environment are handled in a way that is +particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables. A +<code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotetext</code> command puts the footnote at +the bottom of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the page, and it +uses the <code>mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the ordinary +<code>footnote</code> counter See <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>. + + <p>NOTE: Don't put one minipage inside another if you are using footnotes; +they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** picture ************ --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="picture"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#quotation">quotation</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#minipage">minipage</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.14 picture</h4> + +<p><a name="index-picture-105"></a><a name="index-Creating-pictures-106"></a><a name="index-Pictures_002c-creating-107"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset) + . + . + picture commands + . + . + \end{picture} +</pre> + <p>The <code>picture</code> environment allows you to create just about any kind +of picture you want containing text, lines, arrows and circles. You +tell LaTeX where to put things in the picture by specifying their +coordinates. A coordinate is a number that may have a decimal point and +a minus sign — a number like <code>5</code>, <code>2.3</code> or <code>-3.1416</code>. A +coordinate specifies a length in multiples of the unit length +<code>\unitlength</code>, so if <code>\unitlength</code> has been set to <code>1cm</code>, +then the coordinate 2.54 specifies a length of 2.54 centimetres. You +can change the value of <code>\unitlength</code> anywhere you want, using the +<code>\setlength</code> command, but strange things will happen if you try +changing it inside the picture environment. + + <p>A position is a pair of coordinates, such as <code>(2.4,-5)</code>, specifying +the point with x-coordinate <code>2.4</code> and y-coordinate <code>-5</code>. +Coordinates are specified in the usual way with respect to an origin, +which is normally at the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that +when a position appears as an argument, it is not enclosed in braces; +the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. + + <p>The <code>picture</code> environment has one mandatory argument, which is a +<code>position</code>. It specifies the size of the picture. The environment +produces a rectangular box with width and height determined by this +argument's x- and y-coordinates. + + <p>The <code>picture</code> environment also has an optional <code>position</code> +argument, following the <code>size</code> argument, that can change the +origin. (Unlike ordinary optional arguments, this argument is not +contained in square brackets.) The optional argument gives the +coordinates of the point at the lower-left corner of the picture +(thereby determining the origin). For example, if <code>\unitlength</code> +has been set to <code>1mm</code>, the command +<pre class="example"> \begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20) +</pre> + <p>produces a picture of width 100 millimetres and height 200 +millimetres, whose lower-left corner is the point (10,20) and whose +upper-right corner is therefore the point (110,220). When you first +draw a picture, you will omit the optional argument, leaving the origin +at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your picture by +shifting everything, you just add the appropriate optional argument. + + <p>The environment's mandatory argument determines the nominal size of the +picture. This need bear no relation to how large the picture really is; +LaTeX will happily allow you to put things outside the picture, or even +off the page. The picture's nominal size is used by LaTeX in determining +how much room to leave for it. + + <p>Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the <code>\put</code> +command. The command +<pre class="example"> \put (11.3,-.3){...} +</pre> + <p>puts the object specified by <code>...</code> in the picture, with its +reference point at coordinates (11.3,-.3). The reference points for +various objects will be described below. + + <p>The <code>\put</code> command creates an <dfn>LR box</dfn>. You can put anything +in the text argument of the <code>\put</code> command that you'd put into the +argument of an <code>\mbox</code> and related commands. When you do this, the +reference point will be the lower left corner of the box. + + <p>Picture commands: + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005ccircle">\circle</a>: Draw a circle. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a>: Draw a dashed box. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cframe">\frame</a>: Draw a frame around an object. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a>: Draw a box with a frame around it. +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005cline">\line</a>: Draw a straight line. +<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a>: Set the line thickness. +<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>: Draw a box of the specified size. +<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005cmultiput">\multiput</a>: Draw multiple instances of an object. +<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005coval">\oval</a>: Draw an ellipse. +<li><a href="#_005cput">\put</a>: Place an object at a specified place. +<li><a href="#_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a>: Make a pile of objects. +<li><a href="#_005cvector">\vector</a>: Draw a line with an arrow. +</ul> + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \circle ***** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ccircle"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.1 \circle</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005ccircle-108"></a> +<code>\circle[*]{diameter}</code> + + <p>The <code>\circle</code> command produces a circle with a diameter as close to +the specified one as possible. If the <code>*</code>-form of the command is +used, LaTeX draws a solid circle. + + <p>Note that only circles up to 40 pt can be drawn. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \dashbox **** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cdashbox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cframe">\frame</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccircle">\circle</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.2 \dashbox</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cdashbox-109"></a> +Draws a box with a dashed line. + + <p><code>\dashbox{dash_length}(width,height){...}</code> + + <p>The <code>\dashbox</code> has an extra argument which specifies the width of +each dash. A dashed box looks best when the <code>width</code> and +<code>height</code> are multiples of the <code>dash_length</code>. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \frame ****** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cframe"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.3 \frame</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cframe-110"></a> +<code>\frame{...}</code> + + <p>The <code>\frame</code> command puts a rectangular frame around the object +specified in the argument. The reference point is the bottom left +corner of the frame. No extra space is put between the frame and the +object. + +<!-- ************************** --> +<!-- *** \framebox (picture) ** --> +<!-- ************************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cline">\line</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cframe">\frame</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.4 \framebox</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cframebox-111"></a> +<code>\framebox(width,height)[position]{...}</code> + + <p>The <code>\framebox</code> command is exactly the same as the <code>\makebox</code> +command, except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that +it creates. + + <p>The <code>framebox</code> command produces a rule of thickness +<code>\fboxrule</code>, and leaves a space <code>\fboxsep</code> between the rule +and the contents of the box. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \line ******* --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cline"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.5 \line</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cline-112"></a> +<code>\line(x slope,y slope){length}</code> + + <p>The <code>\line</code> command draws a line of the specified <code>length</code> and +<code>slope</code>. + + <p>Note that LaTeX can only draw lines with slope = x/y, where x and y +have integer values from -6 through 6. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- * \linethickness * --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005clinethickness"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cline">\line</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.6 \linethickness</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005clinethickness-113"></a> +<code>\linethickness{dimension}</code> + + <p>Declares the thickness of horizontal and vertical lines in a picture +environment to be <code>dimension</code>, which must be a positive length. It +does not affect the thickness of slanted lines and circles, or the +quarter circles drawn by <code>\oval</code> to form the corners of an oval. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- *** \makebox (picture) ** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmultiput">\multiput</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.7 \makebox</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-114"></a> +<code>\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}</code> + + <p>The <code>\makebox</code> command for the picture environment is similar to +the normal <code>\makebox</code> command except that you must specify a +<code>width</code> and <code>height</code> in multiples of <code>\unitlength</code>. + + <p>The optional argument, <code>[position]</code>, specifies the quadrant that +your text appears in. You may select up to two of the following: + + <ul> +<li><code>t</code> - Moves the item to the top of the rectangle +<li><code>b</code> - Moves the item to the bottom +<li><code>l</code> - Moves the item to the left +<li><code>r</code> - Moves the item to the right +</ul> + + <p>See <a href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a>. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \multiput *** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmultiput"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005coval">\oval</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.8 \multiput</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cmultiput-115"></a> +<code>\multiput(x coord,y coord)(delta x,delta y){number of copies}{object}</code> + + <p>The <code>\multiput</code> command can be used when you are putting the same +object in a regular pattern across a picture. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \oval ***** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005coval"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cput">\put</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmultiput">\multiput</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.9 \oval</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005coval-116"></a> +<code>\oval(width,height)[portion]</code> + + <p>The <code>\oval</code> command produces a rectangle with rounded corners. The +optional argument, <code>[portion]</code>, allows you to select part of the +oval. + + <ul> +<li><code>t</code> - Selects the top portion +<li><code>b</code> - Selects the bottom portion +<li><code>r</code> - Selects the right portion +<li><code>l</code> - Selects the left portion +</ul> + + <p>Note that the “corners” of the oval are made with quarter circles with +a maximum radius of 20 pt, so large “ovals” will look more like boxes +with rounded corners. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \put ******** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cput"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005coval">\oval</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.10 \put</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cput-117"></a> +<code>\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }</code> + + <p>The <code>\put</code> command places the item specified by the mandatory +argument at the given coordinates. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \shortstack * --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cshortstack"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvector">\vector</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cput">\put</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.11 \shortstack</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cshortstack-118"></a> +<code>\shortstack[position]{... \\ ... \\ ...}</code> + + <p>The <code>\shortstack</code> command produces a stack of objects. The valid +positions are: + + <ul> +<li><code>r</code> - Moves the objects to the right of the stack +<li><code>l</code> - Moves the objects to the left of the stack +<li><code>c</code> - Moves the objects to the centre of the stack (default) +</ul> + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \vector ***** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cvector"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.12 \vector</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cvector-119"></a> +<code>\vector(x slope,y slope){length}</code> + + <p>The <code>\vector</code> command draws a line with an arrow of the specified +length and slope. The <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> values must lie between -4 +and +4, inclusive. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** quotation ********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="quotation"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#quote">quote</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#picture">picture</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.15 quotation</h4> + +<p><a name="index-quotation-120"></a><a name="index-Quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying-121"></a><a name="index-Displaying-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation-122"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{quotation} + text + \end{quotation} +</pre> + <p>The margins of the <code>quotation</code> environment are indented on the left +and the right. The text is justified at both margins and there is +paragraph indentation. Leaving a blank line between text produces a new +paragraph. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** quote ************** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="quote"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#tabbing">tabbing</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#quotation">quotation</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.16 quote</h4> + +<p><a name="index-quote-123"></a><a name="index-Quoted-text_002c-displaying-124"></a><a name="index-Displaying-quoted-text-125"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{quote} + text + \end{quote} +</pre> + <p>The margins of the <code>quote</code> environment are indented on the left and +the right. The text is justified at both margins. Leaving a blank line +between text produces a new paragraph. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** tabbing ************ --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="tabbing"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#table">table</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#quote">quote</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.17 tabbing</h4> + +<p><a name="index-tabbing-126"></a><a name="index-Tab-stops_002c-using-127"></a><a name="index-Lining-text-up-in-columns-using-tab-stops-128"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{tabbing} + text \= more text \= still more text \= last text \\ + second row \> \> more \\ + . + . + . + \end{tabbing} +</pre> + <p>The <code>tabbing</code> environment provides a way to align text in columns. +It works by setting tab stops and tabbing to them much the way you do +with an ordinary typewriter. + + <p>It is best suited for cases where the width of each column is constant +and known in advance. + + <p>This environment can be broken across pages, unlike the <code>tabular</code> +environment. + + <p>The following commands can be used inside a <code>tabbing</code> enviroment: + + <dl> +<dt><code>\=</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_003d-129"></a> +Sets a tab stop at the current position. + + <br><dt><code>\></code><dd><a name="index-_005c_003e-130"></a> +Advances to the next tab stop. + + <br><dt><code>\<</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_003c-131"></a> +This command allows you to put something to the left of the +local margin without changing the margin. +Can only be used at the start of the line. + + <br><dt><code>\+</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_002b-132"></a> +Moves the left margin of the next and all the +following commands one tab stop to the right. + + <br><dt><code>\-</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_002d-_0028tabbing_0029-133"></a> +Moves the left margin of the next and all the +following commands one tab stop to the left. + + <br><dt><code>\'</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029-134"></a> +Moves everything that you have typed so far in the +current column, i.e. everything from the most recent <code>\></code>, +<code>\<</code>, <code>\'</code>, <code>\\</code>, or <code>\kill</code> command, to the right +of the previous column, flush against the current column's tab stop. + + <br><dt><code>\`</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029-135"></a> +Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab +stop 0. However, it can't move text to the right of the last column +because there's no tab stop there. The <code>\`</code> command moves all the +text that follows it, up to the <code>\\</code> or <code>\end{tabbing}</code> +command that ends the line, to the right margin of the tabbing +environment. There must be no <code>\></code> or <code>\'</code> command between +the <code>\`</code> and the command that ends the line. + + <br><dt><code>\kill</code><dd><a name="index-_005ckill-136"></a> +Sets tab stops without producing +text. Works just like <code>\\</code> except that it throws away the +current line instead of producing output for it. The effect of any +<code>\=</code>, <code>\+</code> or <code>\-</code> commands in that line remain in +effect. + + <br><dt><code>\pushtabs</code><dd><a name="index-_005cpushtabs-137"></a> +Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for +temporarily changing tab stop positions in the middle of a +<code>tabbing</code> environment. + + <br><dt><code>\poptabs</code><dd><a name="index-_005cpoptabs-138"></a> +Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <code>\pushtabs</code>. + + <br><dt><code>\a</code><dd><a name="index-_005ca-139"></a> +In a <code>tabbing</code> environment, the commands <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> and +<code>\`</code> do not produce accents as normal. Instead, the commands +<code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> and <code>\a`</code> are used. +</dl> + + <p>This example typesets a Pascal function in a traditional format: + +<pre class="example"> \begin{tabbing} + function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ + \> begin \= \+ \\ + \> if \= n $>$ 1 then \+ \\ + fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\ + else \+ \\ + fact := 1; \-\- \\ + end;\\ + \end{tabbing} +</pre> + <!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** table ************** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="table"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#tabular">tabular</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#tabbing">tabbing</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.18 table</h4> + +<p><a name="index-table-140"></a><a name="index-Tables_002c-creating-141"></a><a name="index-Creating-tables-142"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{table}[placement] + + body of the table + + \caption{table title} + \end{table} +</pre> + <p>Tables are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are +usually “floated” to a convenient place, like the top of a page. +Tables will not be split between two pages. + + <p>The optional argument <code>[placement]</code> determines where LaTeX will try +to place your table. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly put +a float: + + <ul> +<li><code>h</code> : Here - at the position in the text where the table +environment appears. +<li><code>t</code> : Top - at the top of a text page. +<li><code>b</code> : Bottom - at the bottom of a text page. +<li><code>p</code> : Page of floats - on a separate float page, which is a page +containing no text, only floats. +</ul> + + <p>The standard <code>report</code> and <code>article</code> classes use the default +placement <code>[tbp]</code>. + + <p>The body of the table is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, etc., +you wish. The <code>\caption</code> command allows you to title your table. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** tabular ************ --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="tabular"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#table">table</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.19 tabular</h4> + +<p><a name="index-tabular-143"></a><a name="index-Lines-in-tables-144"></a><a name="index-Lining-text-up-in-tables-145"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{tabular}[pos]{cols} + column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ + . + . + . + \end{tabular} +</pre> + <p>or + +<pre class="example"> \begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols} + column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ + . + . + . + \end{tabular*} +</pre> + <p>These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of rows of +items, aligned vertically in columns. The mandatory and optional +arguments consist of: + + <dl> +<dt><code>width</code><dd>Specifies the width of the <code>tabular*</code> environment. There must be +rubber space between columns that can stretch to fill out the specified +width. +<br><dt><code>pos</code><dd>Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the centre of +the environment. + + <ul> +<li><code>t</code> - align on top row +<li><code>b</code> - align on bottom row +</ul> + + <br><dt><code>cols</code><dd>Specifies the column formatting. It consists of a sequence of the +following specifiers, corresponding to the sequence of columns and +intercolumn material. + + <ul> +<li><code>l</code> - A column of left-aligned items. +<li><code>r</code> - A column of right-aligned items. +<li><code>c</code> - A column of centred items. +<li><code>|</code> - A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment. +<li><code>@{text}</code> - This inserts <code>text</code> in every row. An @-expression +suppresses the intercolumn space normally inserted between columns; any +desired space between the inserted text and the adjacent items must be +included in text. An <code>\extracolsep{wd}</code> command in an +@-expression causes an extra space of width <code>wd</code> to appear to the +left of all subsequent columns, until countermanded by another +<code>\extracolsep</code> command. Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this +extra space is not suppressed by an @-expression. An +<code>\extracolsep</code> command can be used only in an @-expression in the +<code>cols</code> argument. +<li><code>p{wd}</code> - Produces a column with each item typeset in a parbox of +width <code>wd</code>, as if it were the argument of a <code>\parbox[t]{wd}</code> +command. However, a <code>\\</code> may not appear in the item, except in the +following situations: + <ol type=1 start=1> +<li>inside an environment like <code>minipage</code>, <code>array</code>, or <code>tabular</code>. +<li>inside an explicit <code>\parbox</code>. +<li>in the scope of a <code>\centering</code>, <code>\raggedright</code>, or <code>\raggedleft</code> +declaration. The latter declarations must appear inside braces or an +environment when used in a <code>p</code>-column element. + </ol> +<li><code>*{num}{cols}</code> - Equivalent to <code>num</code> copies of +<code>cols</code>, where <code>num</code> is any positive integer and <code>cols</code> is +any list of column-specifiers, which may contain another +<code>*-expression</code>. + + </ul> + + </dl> + + <p>These commands can be used inside a <code>tabular</code> environment: + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005ccline">\cline</a>: Draw a horizontal line spanning some columns. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005chline">\hline</a>: Draw a horizontal line spanning all columns. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a>: Make an item spanning several columns. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cvline">\vline</a>: Draw a vertical line. +</ul> + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \cline **** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ccline"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chline">\hline</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#tabular">tabular</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.19.1 \cline</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005ccline-146"></a> +<code>\cline{i-j}</code> + + <p>The <code>\cline</code> command draws horizontal lines across the columns +specified, beginning in column <code>i</code> and ending in column <code>j</code>, +which are identified in the mandatory argument. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \hline **** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005chline"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccline">\cline</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#tabular">tabular</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.19.2 \hline</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005chline-147"></a> +The <code>\hline</code> command will draw a horizontal line the width of the +table. It's most commonly used to draw a line at the top, bottom, and +between the rows of the table. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- ** \multicolumn * --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmulticolumn"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvline">\vline</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chline">\hline</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#tabular">tabular</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.19.3 \multicolumn</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cmulticolumn-148"></a> +<code>\multicolumn{cols}{pos}{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\multicolumn</code> is used to make an entry that spans several +columns. The first mandatory argument, <code>cols</code>, specifies the +number of columns to span. The second mandatory argument, <code>pos</code>, +specifies the formatting of the entry; <code>c</code> for centred, <code>l</code> +for flushleft, <code>r</code> for flushright. The third mandatory argument, +<code>text</code>, specifies what text is to make up the entry. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \vline **** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cvline"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#tabular">tabular</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.19.4 \vline</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cvline-149"></a> +The <code>\vline</code> command will draw a vertical line extending the full +height and depth of its row. An <code>\hfill</code> command can be used to +move the line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an +@-expression. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** thebibliography **** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="thebibliography"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#theorem">theorem</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#tabular">tabular</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.20 thebibliography</h4> + +<p><a name="index-thebibliography-150"></a><a name="index-Bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029-151"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{thebibliography}{widest-label} + \bibitem[label]{cite_key} + . + . + . + \end{thebibliography} +</pre> + <p>The <code>thebibliography</code> environment produces a bibliography or +reference list. In the <code>article</code> class, this reference list is +labelled “References”; in the <code>report</code> class, it is labelled +“Bibliography”. + + <ul> +<li><code>widest-label</code>: Text that, when printed, is approximately as wide +as the widest item label produces by the <code>\bibitem</code> commands. +</ul> + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a>: Specify a bibliography item. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005ccite">\cite</a>: Refer to a bibliography item. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cnocite">\nocite</a>: Include an item in the bibliography. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>: Automatic generation of bibliographies. +</ul> + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \bibitem **** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cbibitem"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ccite">\cite</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.20.1 \bibitem</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cbibitem-152"></a> +<code>\bibitem[label]{cite_key}</code> + + <p>The <code>\bibitem</code> command generates an entry labelled by <code>label</code>. +If the <code>label</code> argument is missing, a number is generated as the +<code>label</code>, using the <code>enumi</code> counter. The <code>cite_key</code> is +any sequence of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols not containing +a comma. This command writes an entry on the <span class="file">.aux</span> file +containing <code>cite_key</code> and the item's <code>label</code>. When this +<span class="file">.aux</span> file is read by the <code>\begin{document}</code> command, the +item's <code>label</code> is associated with <code>cite_key</code>, causing the +reference to <code>cite_key</code> by a <code>\cite</code> command to produce the +associated <code>label</code>. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \cite ******* --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ccite"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnocite">\nocite</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.20.2 \cite</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005ccite-153"></a> +<code>\cite[text]{key_list}</code> + + <p>The <code>key_list</code> argument is a list of citation keys. This command +generates an in-text citation to the references associated with the keys +in <code>key_list</code> by entries on the <span class="file">.aux</span> file read by the +<code>\begin{document}</code> command. + + <p>The optional <code>text</code> argument will appear after the citation, +i.e. <code>\cite[p. 2]{knuth}</code> might produce `[Knuth, p. 2]'. + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \nocite ***** --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnocite"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccite">\cite</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.20.3 \nocite</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnocite-154"></a> +<code>\nocite{key_list}</code> + + <p>The <code>\nocite</code> command produces no text, but writes <code>key_list</code>, +which is a list of one or more citation keys, on the <span class="file">.aux</span> file. + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- *** Using BibTeX ***** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Using-BibTeX"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnocite">\nocite</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.20.4 Using BibTeX</h5> + +<p><a name="index-Using-BibTeX-155"></a><a name="index-BibTeX_002c-using-156"></a><a name="index-Bibliography_002c-creating-_0028automatically_0029-157"></a><a name="index-_005cbibliographystyle-158"></a><a name="index-_005cbibliography-159"></a> +If you use the BibTeX program by Oren Patashnik (highly recommended if +you need a bibliography of more than a couple of titles) to maintain +your bibliography, you don't use the <code>thebibliography</code> +environment. Instead, you include the lines + +<pre class="example"> \bibliographystyle{style} + \bibliography{bibfile} +</pre> + <p>where <code>style</code> refers to a file <code>style.bst</code>, which defines how +your citations will look. The standard styles distributed with BibTeX +are: + + <dl> +<dt><code>alpha</code><dd>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from name of author and year of +publication. +<br><dt><code>plain</code><dd>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are numeric. +<br><dt><code>unsrt</code><dd>Like <code>plain</code>, but entries are in order of citation. +<br><dt><code>abbrv</code><dd>Like <code>plain</code>, but more compact labels. +</dl> + + <p>In addition, numerous other BibTeX style files exist tailored to the +demands of various publications. + + <p>The argument to <code>\bibliography</code> refers to the file +<code>bibfile.bib</code>, which should contain your database in BibTeX +format. Only the entries referred to via <code>\cite</code> and <code>\nocite</code> +will be listed in the bibliography. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** theorem ************ --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="theorem"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.21 theorem</h4> + +<p><a name="index-theorem-160"></a><a name="index-Theorems_002c-typesetting-161"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{theorem} + theorem text + \end{theorem} +</pre> + <p>The <code>theorem</code> environment produces “Theorem x” in boldface followed +by your theorem text. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** titlepage ********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="titlepage"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#theorem">theorem</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.22 titlepage</h4> + +<p><a name="index-titlepage-162"></a><a name="index-Making-a-title-page-163"></a><a name="index-Title-pages_002c-creating-164"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{titlepage} + text + \end{titlepage} +</pre> + <p>The <code>titlepage</code> environment creates a title page, i.e. a page with no +printed page number or heading. It also causes the following page to be +numbered page one. Formatting the title page is left to you. The +<code>\today</code> command comes in handy for title pages. +<a name="index-_005ctoday-165"></a> +Note that you can use the <code>\maketitle</code> (see <a href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>) command to +produce a standard title page. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** verbatim *********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="verbatim"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#verse">verse</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.23 verbatim</h4> + +<p><a name="index-verbatim-166"></a><a name="index-Simulating-typed-text-167"></a><a name="index-Typed-text_002c-simulating-168"></a><a name="index-Programs_002c-typesetting-169"></a><a name="index-Computer-programs_002c-typesetting-170"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{verbatim} + text + \end{verbatim} +</pre> + <p>The <code>verbatim</code> environment is a paragraph-making environment that +gets LaTeX to print exactly what you type in. It turns LaTeX into a +typewriter with carriage returns and blanks having the same effect that +they would on a typewriter. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cverb">\verb</a>: The macro form of the <code>verbatim</code> environment. +</ul> + +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- *** \verb ******* --> +<!-- ***************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cverb"></a>Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#verbatim">verbatim</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.23.1 \verb</h5> + +<p><a name="index-_005cverb-171"></a><a name="index-Verbatim-text-172"></a> + + <p><code>\verb char literal_text char</code> + + <p><code>\verb*char literal_text char</code> + + <p>Typesets <code>literal_text</code> exactly as typed, including special +characters and spaces, using a typewriter (<code>\tt</code>) type style. +There may be no space between <code>\verb</code> or <code>\verb*</code> and +<code>char</code> (space is shown here only for clarity). The <code>*-form</code> +differs only in that spaces are printed + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** verse ************** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="verse"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.6.24 verse</h4> + +<p><a name="index-verse-173"></a><a name="index-Poetry_002c-an-environment-for-174"></a> +<pre class="example"> \begin{verse} + text + \end{verse} +</pre> + <p>The <code>verse</code> environment is designed for poetry, though you may find +other uses for it. + + <p>The margins are indented on the left and the right. Separate the lines +of each stanza with <code>\\</code>, and use one or more blank lines to +separate the stanzas. + +<!-- ************************************ --> +<!-- **** LEVEL2 Starts Here again. **** --> +<!-- ************************************ --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** Footnotes ********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Footnotes"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Layout">Layout</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Environments">Environments</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.7 Footnotes</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Footnotes_002c-creating-175"></a> +Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be +produced with one command, the <code>\footnote</code> command. They can also +be produced with two commands, the <code>\footnotemark</code> and the +<code>\footnotetext</code> commands. See the specific command for information +on why you would use one over the other. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cfootnote">\footnote</a>: Insert a footnote. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a>: Insert footnote mark only. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cfootnotetext">\footnotetext</a>: Insert footnote text only. +</ul> + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- **** \footnote ******* --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cfootnote"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.7.1 \footnote</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cfootnote-176"></a> +<code>\footnote[number]{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\footnote</code> command places the numbered footnote <code>text</code> at +the bottom of the current page. The optional argument, <code>number</code>, +is used to change the default footnote number. This command can only be +used in outer paragraph mode; i.e., you cannot use it in sectioning +commands like <code>\chapter</code>, in figures, tables or in a <code>tabular</code> +environment. + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- **** \footnotemark *** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cfootnotemark"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfootnotetext">\footnotetext</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfootnote">\footnote</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.7.2 \footnotemark</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cfootnotemark-177"></a> +The <code>\footnotemark</code> command puts the footnote <code>number</code> in the +text. This command can be used in inner paragraph mode. The text of +the footnote is supplied by the <code>\footnotetext</code> command. + + <p>This command can be used to produce several consecutive footnote markers +referring to the same footnote by using + + <p><code>\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]</code> + + <p>after the first <code>\footnote</code> command. + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- **** \footnotetext *** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cfootnotetext"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.7.3 \footnotetext</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cfootnotetext-178"></a> +<code>\footnotetext[number]{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\footnotetext</code> command produces the <code>text</code> to be placed +at the bottom of the page. This command can come anywhere after the +<code>\footnotemark</code> command. The <code>\footnotetext</code> command must +appear in outer paragraph mode. + + <p>The optional argument, <code>number</code>, is used to change the default +footnote number. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- ******* Lengths ********* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Lengths"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Letters">Letters</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Layout">Layout</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.8 Lengths</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Lengths_002c-defining-and-using-179"></a> +A <code>length</code> is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a +length as an argument. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cnewlength">\newlength</a>: Define a new length. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a>: Set the value of a length. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a>: Add a quantity to a length. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a>: Set a length to the depth of something. +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a>: Set a length to the height of something. +<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a>: Set a length to the width of something. +<li><a accesskey="7" href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a>: Lengths that are, like, predefined. +</ul> + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- **** \newlength ****** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnewlength"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.8.1 \newlength</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnewlength-180"></a><a name="index-Lengths_002c-defining-a-new-181"></a> +<code>\newlength{\gnat}</code> + + <p>The <code>\newlength</code> command defines the mandatory argument, +<code>\gnat</code>, as a <code>length</code> command with a value of <code>0in</code>. An +error occurs if a <code>\gnat</code> command already exists. + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- **** \setlength ****** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csetlength"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewlength">\newlength</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.8.2 \setlength</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csetlength-182"></a><a name="index-Lengths_002c-setting-value-of-183"></a> +<code>\setlength{\gnat}{length}</code> + + <p>The <code>\setlength</code> command is used to set the value of a +<code>length</code> command. The <code>length</code> argument can be expressed in +any terms of length LaTeX understands, i.e., inches (<code>in</code>), +millimetres (<code>mm</code>), points (<code>pt</code>), etc. + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- **** \addtolength **** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005caddtolength"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.8.3 \addtolength</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005caddtolength-184"></a><a name="index-Lengths_002c-adding-to-185"></a> +<code>\addtolength{\gnat}{length}</code> + + <p>The <code>\addtolength</code> command increments a “length command” by the +amount specified in the <code>length</code> argument. It can be a negative +amount. + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- **** \settodepth ***** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csettodepth"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.8.4 \settodepth</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csettodepth-186"></a> +<code>\settodepth{\gnat}{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\settodepth</code> command sets the value of a <code>length</code> command +equal to the depth of the <code>text</code> argument. + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- **** \settoheight ***** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csettoheight"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.8.5 \settoheight</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csettoheight-187"></a> +<code>\settoheight{\gnat}{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\settoheight</code> command sets the value of a <code>length</code> command +equal to the height of the <code>text</code> argument. + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- **** \settowidth ***** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csettowidth"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.8.6 \settowidth</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csettowidth-188"></a> +<code>\settowidth{\gnat}{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\settowidth</code> command sets the value of a <code>length</code> command +equal to the width of the <code>text</code> argument. + +<!-- ***************************** --> +<!-- **** Predefined lengths ***** --> +<!-- ***************************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Predefined-lengths"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.8.7 Predefined lengths</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Lengths_002c-predefined-189"></a><a name="index-Predefined-lengths-190"></a> +<code>\width</code> +<a name="index-_005cwidth-191"></a> +<code>\height</code> +<a name="index-_005cheight-192"></a> +<code>\depth</code> +<a name="index-_005cdepth-193"></a> +<code>\totalheight</code> +<a name="index-_005ctotalheight-194"></a> +These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making +commands See <a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a>. They specify the natural width etc. of +the text in the box. <code>\totalheight</code> equals <code>\height</code> + +<code>\depth</code>. To make a box with the text stretched to double the +natural size, e.g., say + + <p><code>\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}</code> + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- ******* Letters ********* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Letters"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.9 Letters</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Letters-195"></a><a name="index-Creating-letters-196"></a> +You can use LaTeX to typeset letters, both personal and business. The +<code>letter</code> document class is designed to make a number of letters at +once, although you can make just one if you so desire. + + <p>Your <span class="file">.tex</span> source file has the same minimum commands as the other +document classes, i.e., you must have the following commands as a +minimum: + +<pre class="example"> \documentclass{letter} + \begin{document} + ... letters ... + \end{document} +</pre> + <p>Each letter is a <code>letter</code> environment, whose argument is the name +and address of the recipient. For example, you might have: + +<pre class="example"> \begin{letter}{Mr. Joe Smith\\ 2345 Princess St. + \\ Edinburgh, EH1 1AA} + ... + \end{letter} +</pre> + <p>The letter itself begins with the <code>\opening</code> command. The text of +the letter follows. It is typed as ordinary LaTeX input. Commands that +make no sense in a letter, like <code>\chapter</code>, do not work. The letter +closes with a <code>\closing</code> command. + + <p>After the <code>closing</code>, you can have additional material. The +<code>\cc</code> command produces the usual “cc: ...”. There's also a similar +<code>\encl</code> command for a list of enclosures. With both these commands, +use <code>\\</code> to separate the items. + + <p>These commands are used with the <code>letter</code> class: + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005caddress">\address</a>: Your return address. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005ccc">\cc</a>: Cc list. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a>: Saying goodbye. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cencl">\encl</a>: List of enclosed material. +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005clocation">\location</a>: Your organisation's address. +<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a>: Making address labels. +<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005cname">\name</a>: Your name, for the return address. +<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005copening">\opening</a>: Saying hello. +<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005cps">\ps</a>: Adding a postscript. +<li><a href="#_005csignature">\signature</a>: Your signature. +<li><a href="#_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a>: Allow page breaks. +<li><a href="#_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a>: Disallow page breaks. +<li><a href="#_005ctelephone">\telephone</a>: Your phone number. +</ul> + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- ** \address ** --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005caddress"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ccc">\cc</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Letters">Letters</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.1 \address</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005caddress-197"></a> +<code>\address{Return address}</code> + + <p>The return address, as it should appear on the letter and the envelope. +Separate lines of the address should be separated by <code>\\</code> commands. +If you do not make an <code>\address</code> declaration, then the letter will +be formatted for copying onto your organisation's standard letterhead. +(See <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>, for details on your local implementation). If you +give an <code>\address</code> declaration, then the letter will be formatted +as a personal letter. + +<!-- ************* --> +<!-- ** \cc ****** --> +<!-- ************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ccc"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddress">\address</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.2 \cc</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005ccc-198"></a><a name="index-Cc-list-199"></a> +<code>\cc{Kate Schechter\\Rob McKenna}</code> + + <p>Generate a list of other persons the letter was sent to. Each name is +printed on a separate line. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \closing ****** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cclosing"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cencl">\encl</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccc">\cc</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.3 \closing</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cclosing-200"></a><a name="index-Letters_002c-ending-201"></a> +<code>\closing{text}</code> + + <p>The letter closes with a <code>\closing</code> command, i.e., +<pre class="example"> \closing{Best Regards,} +</pre> + <!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \encl ****** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cencl"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005clocation">\location</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.4 \encl</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cencl-202"></a><a name="index-Enclosed-material-203"></a> +<code>\encl{CV\\Certificates}</code> + + <p>Generate a list of enclosed material. + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- * \location ** --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005clocation"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cencl">\encl</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.5 \location</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005clocation-204"></a> +<code>\location{address}</code> + + <p>This modifies your organisation's standard address. This only appears +if the <code>firstpage</code> pagestyle is selected. + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- * \makelabels * --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmakelabels"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cname">\name</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005clocation">\location</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.6 \makelabels</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cmakelabels-205"></a> +<code>\makelabels{number}</code> + + <p>If you issue this command in the preamble, LaTeX will create a sheet of +address labels. This sheet will be output before the letters. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \name ****** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cname"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005copening">\opening</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.7 \name</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cname-206"></a> +<code>\name{June Davenport}</code> + + <p>Your name, used for printing on the envelope together with the return +address. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \opening ****** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005copening"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cps">\ps</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cname">\name</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.8 \opening</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005copening-207"></a><a name="index-Letters_002c-starting-208"></a> +<code>\opening{text}</code> + + <p>The letter begins with the <code>\opening</code> command. The mandatory +argument, <code>text</code>, is whatever text you wish to start your letter, +i.e., +<pre class="example"> \opening{Dear Joe,} +</pre> + <!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \ps ****** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cps"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csignature">\signature</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005copening">\opening</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.9 \ps</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cps-209"></a> +<code>\ps</code> + + <p>Use this command before a postscript. + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- * \signature * --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csignature"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cps">\ps</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.10 \signature</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csignature-210"></a> +<code>\signature{Harvey Swick}</code> + + <p>Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter underneath the +space for your signature. Items that should go on separate lines should +be separated by <code>\\</code> commands. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \startbreaks ****** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cstartbreaks"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csignature">\signature</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.11 \startbreaks</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cstartbreaks-211"></a> +<code>\startbreaks</code> + + <p>Used after a <code>\stopbreaks</code> command to allow page breaks again. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \stopbreaks ****** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cstopbreaks"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ctelephone">\telephone</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.12 \stopbreaks</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cstopbreaks-212"></a> +<code>\stopbreaks</code> + + <p>Inhibit page breaks until a <code>\startbreaks</code> command occurs. + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- * \telephone * --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ctelephone"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.9.13 \telephone</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005ctelephone-213"></a> +<code>\telephone{number}</code> + + <p>This is your telephone number. This only appears if the +<code>firstpage</code> pagestyle is selected. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- * Line & Page Breaking ** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Line-_0026-Page-Breaking"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Letters">Letters</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.10 Line & Page Breaking</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Page-Breaking-214"></a><a name="index-Line-Breaking-215"></a><a name="index-Page-Formatting-216"></a> +The first thing LaTeX does when processing ordinary text is to +translate your input file into a string of glyphs and spaces. To +produce a printed document, this string must be broken into lines, and +these lines must be broken into pages. In some environments, you do the +line breaking yourself with the <code>\\</code> command, but LaTeX usually +does it for you. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005c_005c">\\</a>: Start a new line. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a>: Insert explicit hyphenation. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a>: Start a new right-hand page. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a>: Start a new page. +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a>: Enlarge the current page a bit. +<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a>: Be fussy about line breaking. +<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a>: Tell LaTeX how to hyphenate a word. +<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a>: Break the line. +<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a>: Break the line prematurely. +<li><a href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a>: Start a new page. +<li><a href="#_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</a>: Don't break the current line. +<li><a href="#_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</a>: Don't make a page break here. +<li><a href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a>: Please make a page break here. +<li><a href="#_005csloppy">\sloppy</a>: Be sloppy about line breaking. +</ul> + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ****** \\ ******** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005c_005c"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.1 \\</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005c_005c-217"></a><a name="index-New-line_002c-starting-218"></a> +<code>\\[*][extra-space]</code> + + <p>The <code>\\</code> command tells LaTeX to start a new line. It has an +optional argument, <code>extra-space</code>, that specifies how much extra +vertical space is to be inserted before the next line. This can be a +negative amount. + + <p>The <code>\\*</code> command is the same as the ordinary <code>\\</code> command +except that it tells LaTeX not to start a new page after the line. + +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- ** \- (hyphenation) ** --> +<!-- ********************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005c_005c">\\</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.2 \-</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029-219"></a><a name="index-Hyphenation_002c-forcing-220"></a> +The <code>\-</code> command tells LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at that +point. LaTeX is very good at hyphenating, and it will usually find all +correct hyphenation points. The <code>\-</code> command is used for the +exceptional cases. + + <p>Note that when you insert <code>\-</code> commands in a word, the word will +only be hyphenated at those points and not at any of the hyphenation +points that LaTeX might otherwise have chosen. + +<!-- ******************** --> +<!-- * \cleardoublepage * --> +<!-- ******************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ccleardoublepage"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.3 \cleardoublepage</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005ccleardoublepage-221"></a><a name="index-Starting-on-a--right_002dhand-page-222"></a> +The <code>\cleardoublepage</code> command ends the current page and causes all +figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed. +In a two-sided printing style, it also makes the next page a right-hand +(odd-numbered) page, producing a blank page if necessary. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \clearpage **** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cclearpage"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.4 \clearpage</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cclearpage-223"></a><a name="index-Flushing-a-page-224"></a> +The <code>\clearpage</code> command ends the current page and causes all +figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \enlargethispage ** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cenlargethispage"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.5 \enlargethispage</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cenlargethispage-225"></a><a name="index-Enlarge-current-page-226"></a> +<code>\enlargethispage{size}</code> + + <p><code>\enlargethispage*{size}</code> + + <p>Enlarge the <code>\textheight</code> for the current page by the specified +amount; e.g. <code>\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}</code> will allow one +additional line. + + <p>The starred form tries to squeeze the material together on the page as +much as possible. This is normally used together with an explicit +<code>\pagebreak</code>. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cfussy"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.6 \fussy</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cfussy-227"></a> +<code>\fussy</code> + + <p>This declaration (which is the default) makes TeX more fussy about line +breaking. This can avoids too much space between words, but may produce +overfull boxes. + + <p>This command cancels the effect of a previous <code>\sloppy</code> command. <a href="#_005csloppy">\sloppy</a> + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \hyphenation ** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005chyphenation"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.7 \hyphenation</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005chyphenation-228"></a><a name="index-Hyphenation_002c-defining-229"></a> +<code>\hyphenation{words}</code> + + <p>The <code>\hyphenation</code> command declares allowed hyphenation points, +where <code>words</code> is a list of words, separated by spaces, in which +each hyphenation point is indicated by a <code>-</code> character. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \linebreak **** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005clinebreak"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.8 \linebreak</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005clinebreak-230"></a><a name="index-Line-breaks-231"></a> +<code>\linebreak[number]</code> + + <p>The <code>\linebreak</code> command tells LaTeX to break the current line at +the point of the command. With the optional argument, <code>number</code>, +you can convert the <code>\linebreak</code> command from a demand to a +request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The higher the +number, the more insistent the request is. + + <p>The <code>\linebreak</code> command causes LaTeX to stretch the line so it +extends to the right margin. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \newline ****** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnewline"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.9 \newline</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnewline-232"></a><a name="index-New-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029-233"></a> +The <code>\newline</code> command breaks the line right where it is. It can +only be used in paragraph mode. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \newpage ****** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnewpage"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.10 \newpage</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnewpage-234"></a><a name="index-New-Page-235"></a> +The <code>\newpage</code> command ends the current page. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- * \nolinebreak *** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnolinebreak"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.11 \nolinebreak</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnolinebreak-236"></a> +<code>\nolinebreak[number]</code> + + <p>The <code>\nolinebreak</code> command prevents LaTeX from breaking the current +line at the point of the command. With the optional argument, +<code>number</code>, you can convert the <code>\nolinebreak</code> command from a +demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The +higher the number, the more insistent the request is. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \nopagebreak ** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnopagebreak"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.12 \nopagebreak</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnopagebreak-237"></a> +<code>\nopagebreak[number]</code> + + <p>The <code>\nopagebreak</code> command prevents LaTeX from breaking the current +page at the point of the command. With the optional argument, +<code>number</code>, you can convert the <code>\nopagebreak</code> command from a +demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The +higher the number, the more insistent the request is. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \pagebreak **** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cpagebreak"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csloppy">\sloppy</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.13 \pagebreak</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cpagebreak-238"></a><a name="index-Page-break_002c-forcing-239"></a> +<code>\pagebreak[number]</code> + + <p>The <code>\pagebreak</code> command tells LaTeX to break the current page at +the point of the command. With the optional argument, <code>number</code>, +you can convert the <code>\pagebreak</code> command from a demand to a +request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The higher the +number, the more insistent the request is. + +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csloppy"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.10.14 \sloppy</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csloppy-240"></a> +<code>\sloppy</code> + + <p>This declaration makes TeX less fussy about line breaking. This can +prevent overfull boxes, but may leave too much space between words. + + <p>Lasts until a <code>\fussy</code> command is issued. <a href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a>. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- *** Making Paragraphs *** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Making-Paragraphs"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.11 Making Paragraphs</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Making-paragraphs-241"></a><a name="index-Paragraphs-242"></a> +A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines — lines not +containing even a <code>%</code>. A blank line should not appear where a new +paragraph cannot be started, such as in math mode or in the argument of +a sectioning command. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cindent">\indent</a>: Indent this paragraph. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a>: Do not indent this paragraph. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cpar">\par</a>: Another way of writing a blank line. +</ul> + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \indent ******* --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cindent"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.11.1 \indent</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cindent-243"></a><a name="index-Indent_002c-forcing-244"></a> +<code>\indent</code> + + <p>This produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width of the +paragraph indentation. It is used to add paragraph indentation where it +would otherwise be suppressed. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \noindent ***** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnoindent"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpar">\par</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cindent">\indent</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.11.2 \noindent</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnoindent-245"></a><a name="index-Indent_002c-suppressing-246"></a> +<code>\noindent</code> + + <p>When used at the beginning of the paragraph, it suppresses the paragraph +indentation. It has no effect when used in the middle of a paragraph. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \par ********** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cpar"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.11.3 \par</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cpar-247"></a><a name="index-Paragraph_002c-starting-a-new-248"></a> +Equivalent to a blank line; often used to make command or environment +definitions easier to read. + +<!-- ******************** --> +<!-- *** Margin Notes *** --> +<!-- ******************** --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Margin-Notes"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.12 Margin Notes</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Margin-Notes-249"></a><a name="index-Notes-in-the-margin-250"></a><a name="index-Remarks-in-the-margin-251"></a> +The command <code>\marginpar[left]{right}</code> creates a note in the margin. +The first line will be at the same height as the line in the text where +the <code>\marginpar</code> occurs. + + <p>When you only specify the mandatory argument <code>right</code>, the text will +be placed + + <ul> +<li>in the right margin for one-sided layout +<li>in the outside margin for two-sided layout +<li>in the nearest margin for two-column layout. +</ul> + + <p>By issuing the command <code>\reversemarginpar</code>, you can force the marginal +notes to go into the opposite (inside) margin. + + <p>When you specify both arguments, <code>left</code> is used for the left +margin, and <code>right</code> is used for the right margin. + + <p>The first word will normally not be hyphenated; you can enable +hyphenation by prefixing the first word with a <code>\hspace{0pt}</code> +command. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** Math Formulae ****** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Math-Formulae"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Modes">Modes</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.13 Math Formulae</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Math-Formulae-252"></a><a name="index-Formulae_002c-maths-253"></a><a name="index-Math-mode_002c-entering-254"></a><a name="index-_005c_0028-255"></a><a name="index-_005c_0029-256"></a><a name="index-_005c_005b-257"></a><a name="index-_005c_005d-258"></a><a name="index-_0024-259"></a> +There are three environments that put LaTeX in math mode: + + <dl> +<dt><code>math</code><dd>For Formulae that appear right in the text. +<br><dt><code>displaymath</code><dd>For Formulae that appear on their own line. +<br><dt><code>equation</code><dd>The same as the displaymath environment except that it adds an equation +number in the right margin. +</dl> + + <p>The <code>math</code> environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode, +but the <code>displaymath</code> and <code>equation</code> environments can be used +only in paragraph mode. The <code>math</code> and <code>displaymath</code> +environments are used so often that they have the following short forms: + +<pre class="example"> \(...\) instead of \begin{math}...\end{math} + + \[...\] instead of \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath} +</pre> + <p>In fact, the <code>math</code> environment is so common that it has an even +shorter form: + +<pre class="example"> $ ... $ instead of \(...\) +</pre> + <p><a name="index-exponent-260"></a> + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts & Superscripts</a>: Also known as exponent or index. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a>: Various mathematical squiggles. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a>: Thick, medium, thin and negative spaces. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a>: Stuff that doesn't fit anywhere else. +</ul> + +<!-- ***************************** --> +<!-- * Subscripts & Superscripts * --> +<!-- ***************************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.13.1 Subscripts & Superscripts</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Superscript-261"></a><a name="index-Subscript-262"></a><a name="index-_005f-263"></a><a name="index-_005e-264"></a> +To get an expression <i>exp</i> to appear as a subscript, you just type +<code>_{</code><i>exp</i><code>}</code>. To get <i>exp</i> to appear as a superscript, you type +<code>^{</code><i>exp</i><code>}</code>. LaTeX handles superscripted superscripts and all of +that stuff in the natural way. It even does the right thing when +something has both a subscript and a superscript. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** Math Symbols ** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Math-Symbols"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts & Superscripts</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.13.2 Math Symbols</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Maths-symbols-265"></a><a name="index-Symbols-266"></a><a name="index-Greek-letters-267"></a> + +<!-- ************************ --> +<!-- * Spacing in Math Mode * --> +<!-- ************************ --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Spacing-in-Math-Mode"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.13.3 Spacing in Math Mode</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Spacing_002c-within-Math-mode-268"></a><a name="index-Math-mode_002c-spacing-269"></a> + + <p>In a <code>math</code> environment, LaTeX ignores the spaces you type and puts +in the spacing that it thinks is best. LaTeX formats mathematics the +way it's done in mathematics texts. If you want different spacing, +LaTeX provides the following four commands for use in math mode: + + <p><a name="index-_005c_003b-270"></a><a name="index-_005cCOLON-271"></a><a name="index-_005c_002c-272"></a><a name="index-_005c_0021-273"></a> + <ol type=1 start=1> +<li><code>\;</code> - a thick space +<li><code>\:</code> - a medium space +<li><code>\,</code> - a thin space +<li><code>\!</code> - a negative thin space + </ol> + +<!-- ******************* --> +<!-- * Math Miscellany * --> +<!-- ******************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Math-Miscellany"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.13.4 Math Miscellany</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Maths-Miscellany-274"></a> + <dl> +<dt><code>\cdots</code><dd><a name="index-_005ccdots-275"></a>Produces a horizontal ellipsis where the dots are raised to the centre +of the line. + + <br><dt><code>\ddots</code><dd><a name="index-_005cddots-276"></a>Produces a diagonal ellipsis. + + <br><dt><code>\frac{num}{den}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfrac-277"></a>Produces the fraction <code>num</code> divided by <code>den</code>. + + <br><dt><code>\ldots</code><dd><a name="index-_005cldots-278"></a>Produces an ellipsis. This command works in +any mode, not just math mode. + + <br><dt><code>\overbrace{text}</code><dd><a name="index-_005coverbrace-279"></a>Generates a brace over text. + + <br><dt><code>\overline{text}</code><dd><a name="index-_005coverline-280"></a>Causes the argument text to be overlined. + + <br><dt><code>\sqrt[root]{arg}</code><dd><a name="index-_005csqrt-281"></a>Produces the square root of its argument. The +optional argument, <code>root</code>, determines what root to produce, i.e., +the cube root of <code>x+y</code> would be typed as <code>$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$</code>. + + <br><dt><code>\underbrace{text}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cunderbrace-282"></a>Generates text with a brace underneath. + + <br><dt><code>\underline{text}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cunderline-283"></a>Causes the argument text to be underlined. +This command can also be used in paragraph and LR modes. + + <br><dt><code>\vdots</code><dd><a name="index-_005cvdots-284"></a>Produces a vertical ellipsis. + + </dl> + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- ******* Modes *********** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Modes"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.14 Modes</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Modes-285"></a><a name="index-Paragraph-mode-286"></a><a name="index-Math-mode-287"></a><a name="index-Left_002dto_002dright-mode-288"></a><a name="index-LR-mode-289"></a> + + <p>When LaTeX is processing your input text, it is always in one of three +modes: + + <ul> +<li>Paragraph mode +<li>Math mode +<li>Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short +</ul> + + <p>LaTeX changes mode only when it goes up or down a staircase to a +different level, though not all level changes produce mode changes. +Mode changes occur only when entering or leaving an environment, or when +LaTeX is processing the argument of certain text-producing commands. + + <p>“Paragraph mode” is the most common; it's the one LaTeX is in when +processing ordinary text. In that mode, LaTeX breaks your text into +lines and breaks the lines into pages. LaTeX is in “math mode” when +it's generating a mathematical formula. In “LR mode”, as in paragraph +mode, LaTeX considers the output that it produces to be a string of +words with spaces between them. However, unlike paragraph mode, LaTeX +keeps going from left to right; it never starts a new line in LR mode. +Even if you put a hundred words into an <code>\mbox</code>, LaTeX would keep +typesetting them from left to right inside a single box, and then +complain because the resulting box was too wide to fit on the line. + + <p>LaTeX is in LR mode when it starts making a box with an <code>\mbox</code> +command. You can get it to enter a different mode inside the box - for +example, you can make it enter math mode to put a formula in the box. +There are also several text-producing commands and environments for +making a box that put LaTeX in paragraph mode. The box make by one of +these commands or environments will be called a <code>parbox</code>. When +LaTeX is in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in +“inner paragraph mode”. Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out +in, is called “outer paragraph mode”. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- ***** Page Styles ******* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Page-Styles"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Modes">Modes</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.15 Page Styles</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Styles_002c-page-290"></a><a name="index-Page-styles-291"></a> +The <code>\documentclass</code> command determines the size and position of +the page's head and foot. The page style determines what goes in them. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>: Generate a title page. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a>: Set the style used for page numbers. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>: Change the headings/footings style. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a>: Change the headings/footings style for this page. +</ul> + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \maketitle **** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmaketitle"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.1 \maketitle</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Title-making-292"></a><a name="index-_005cmaketitle-293"></a> +<code>\maketitle</code> + + <p>The <code>\maketitle</code> command generates a title on a separate title page +- except in the <code>article</code> class, where the title normally goes at +the top of the first page. Information used to produce the title is +obtained from the following declarations: + + <p>See <a href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>, for the commands to give the information. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cauthor">\author</a>: Who wrote this stuff? +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cdate">\date</a>: The date the document was created. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a>: A special form of footnote. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005ctitle">\title</a>: How to set the document title. +</ul> + +<!-- *********** --> +<!-- * \author * --> +<!-- *********** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cauthor"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cdate">\date</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.2 \author</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cauthor-294"></a><a name="index-Author_002c-for-titlepage-295"></a> +<code>\author{names}</code> + + <p>The <code>\author</code> command declares the author(s), where <code>names</code> is +a list of authors separated by <code>\and</code> commands. Use <code>\\</code> to +separate lines within a single author's entry – for example, to give +the author's institution or address. + +<!-- *********** --> +<!-- ** \date ** --> +<!-- *********** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cdate"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cauthor">\author</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.3 \date</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cdate-296"></a><a name="index-Date_002c-for-titlepage-297"></a> +<code>\date{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\date</code> command declares <i>text</i> to be the document's date. With +no <code>\date</code> command, the current date is used. + +<!-- *********** --> +<!-- * \thanks * --> +<!-- *********** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cthanks"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ctitle">\title</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cdate">\date</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.4 \thanks</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cthanks-298"></a><a name="index-Thanks_002c-for-titlepage-299"></a> +<code>\thanks{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\thanks</code> command produces a <code>\footnote</code> to the title. + +<!-- *********** --> +<!-- * \title ** --> +<!-- *********** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ctitle"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.5 \title</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005ctitle-300"></a><a name="index-Title_002c-for-titlepage-301"></a> +<code>\title{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\title</code> command declares <code>text</code> to be the title. Use +<code>\\</code> to tell LaTeX where to start a new line in a long title. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- * \pagenumbering * --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cpagenumbering"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.6 \pagenumbering</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cpagenumbering-302"></a><a name="index-Page-numbering-303"></a> +<code>\pagenumbering{num_style}</code> + + <p>Specifies the style of page numbers. Possible values of <code>num_style</code> are: + + <ul> +<li><code>arabic</code> - Arabic numerals +<li><code>roman</code> - Lowercase Roman numerals +<li><code>Roman</code> - Uppercase Roman numerals +<li><code>alph</code> - Lowercase letters +<li><code>Alph</code> - Uppercase letters +</ul> + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- ** \pagestyle **** --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cpagestyle"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.7 \pagestyle</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cpagestyle-304"></a> +<code>\pagestyle{option}</code> + + <p>The <code>\pagestyle</code> command changes the style from the current page on +throughout the remainder of your document. + + <p>The valid options are: + + <ul> +<li><code>plain</code> - Just a plain page number. +<li><code>empty</code> - Produces empty heads and feet - no page numbers. +<li><code>headings</code> - Puts running headings on each page. The document +style specifies what goes in the headings. +<li><code>myheadings</code> - You specify what is to go in the heading with the +<code>\markboth</code> or the <code>\markright</code> commands. +</ul> + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cmarkboth">\markboth</a>: Set left and right headings. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cmarkright">\markright</a>: Set right heading only. +</ul> + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \markboth ** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmarkboth"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmarkright">\markright</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.8 \markboth</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cmarkboth-305"></a> +<pre class="example"> \markboth{left head}{right head} +</pre> + <p>The <code>\markboth</code> command is used in +conjunction with the page style <code>myheadings</code> for setting +both the left and the right heading. You should note that a “left-hand +heading” is generated by the last <code>\markboth</code> command before the +end of the page, while a “right-hand heading” is generated by the first +<code>\markboth</code> or <code>\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is +one, otherwise by the last one before the page. + +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- ** \markright ** --> +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- LEVEL4 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmarkright"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmarkboth">\markboth</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.9 \markright</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cmarkright-306"></a> +<pre class="example"> \markright{right head} +</pre> + <p>The <code>\markright</code> command is used in conjunction with the page style +<code>myheadings</code> for setting the right heading, leaving the left +heading unchanged. You should note that a “left-hand heading” is +generated by the last <code>\markboth</code> command before the end of the +page, while a “right-hand heading” is generated by the first +<code>\markboth</code> or <code>\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is +one, otherwise by the last one before the page. + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- * \thispagestyle * --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cthispagestyle"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.15.10 \thispagestyle</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cthispagestyle-307"></a> +<code>\thispagestyle{option}</code> + + <p>The <code>\thispagestyle</code> command works in the same manner as the +<code>\pagestyle</code> command except that it changes the style for the +current page only. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- ***** Sectioning ******** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Sectioning"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.16 Sectioning</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Sectioning-308"></a><a name="index-_005cchapter-309"></a><a name="index-_005csubsubsection-310"></a><a name="index-_005csubsection-311"></a><a name="index-_005cparagraph-312"></a><a name="index-_005csubparagraph-313"></a> +Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text into units. + + <ul> +<li><code>\part</code> +<li><code>\chapter</code> (report and book class only) +<li><code>\section</code> +<li><code>\subsection</code> +<li><code>\subsubsection</code> +<li><code>\paragraph</code> +<li><code>\subparagraph</code> +</ul> + + <p>All sectioning commands take the same general form, i.e., + + <p><code>\chapter[optional]{title}</code> + + <p>In addition to providing the heading in the text, the mandatory argument +of the sectioning command can appear in two other places: + + <ol type=1 start=1> +<li>The table of contents +<li>The running head at the top of the page + </ol> + + <p>You may not want the same thing to appear in these other two places as +appears in the text heading. To handle this situation, the sectioning +commands have an <code>optional</code> argument that provides the text for +these other two purposes. + + <p>All sectioning commands have <code>*</code>-forms that print a <i>title</i>, +but do not include a number and do not make an entry in the table of +contents. + + <p><a name="index-_005cappendix-314"></a><a name="index-Appendix_002c-creating-315"></a> +<code>\appendix</code> + + <p>The <code>\appendix</code> command changes the way sectional units are +numbered. The <code>\appendix</code> command generates no text and does not +affect the numbering of parts. +The normal use of this command is something like + +<pre class="example"> \chapter{The First Chapter} + ... + \appendix + \chapter{The First Appendix} +</pre> + <!-- ************************* --> +<!-- **** Spaces & Boxes ***** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Spaces-_0026-Boxes"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.17 Spaces & Boxes</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Spaces-316"></a><a name="index-Boxes-317"></a> +All the predefined length parameters (see <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a>) can be +used in the arguments of the box-making commands. + +</li></ul> +<p>Horizontal space +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cdotfill">\dotfill</a>: Stretchable horizontal dots. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005chfill">\hfill</a>: Stretchable horizontal space. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</a>: Stretchable horizontal rule. +<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005chspace">\hspace</a>: Fixed horizontal space. +Vertical space +<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a>: Fixed vertical space. +<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005cbigskip">\bigskip</a>: Fixed vertical space. +<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005cmedskip">\medskip</a>: Fixed vertical space. +<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005csmallskip">\smallskip</a>: Fixed vertical space. +<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005cvfill">\vfill</a>: Stretchable vertical space. +<li><a href="#_005cvspace">\vspace</a>: Fixed vertical space. +Boxes +<li><a href="#_005cfbox">\fbox</a>: Framebox. +<li><a href="#_005cframebox">\framebox</a>: Framebox, adjustable position. +<li><a href="#lrbox">lrbox</a>: An environment like \sbox. +<li><a href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a>: Box, adjustable position. +<li><a href="#_005cmbox">\mbox</a>: Box. +<li><a href="#_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>: Declare a name for saving a box. +<li><a href="#_005cparbox">\parbox</a>: Box with text in paragraph mode. +<li><a href="#_005craisebox">\raisebox</a>: Raise or lower text. +<li><a href="#_005crule">\rule</a>: Lines and squares. +<li><a href="#_005csavebox">\savebox</a>: Like \makebox, but save the text for later use. +<li><a href="#_005csbox">\sbox</a>: Like \mbox, but save the text for later use. +<li><a href="#_005cusebox">\usebox</a>: Print saved text. +</ul> + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \dotfill *** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cdotfill"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chfill">\hfill</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.1 \dotfill</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cdotfill-318"></a> +The <code>\dotfill</code> command produces a “rubber length” that produces dots +instead of just spaces. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \hfill ***** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005chfill"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cdotfill">\dotfill</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.2 \hfill</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005chfill-319"></a> +The <code>\hfill</code> fill command produces a “rubber length” which can +stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with spaces. + +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- ** \hrulefill ** --> +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005chrulefill"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chspace">\hspace</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chfill">\hfill</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.3 \hrulefill</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005chrulefill-320"></a> +The <code>\hrulefill</code> fill command produces a “rubber length” which can +stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a horizontal +rule. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \hspace **** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005chspace"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.4 \hspace</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005chspace-321"></a> +<code>\hspace[*]{length}</code> + + <p>The <code>\hspace</code> command adds horizontal space. The length of the +space can be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands, i.e., +points, inches, etc. You can add negative as well as positive space +with an <code>\hspace</code> command. Adding negative space is like +backspacing. + + <p>LaTeX removes horizontal space that comes at the end of a line. If you +don't want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional <code>*</code> +argument. Then the space is never removed. + +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- ** \addvspace ** --> +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005caddvspace"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cbigskip">\bigskip</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chspace">\hspace</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.5 \addvspace</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005caddvspace-322"></a><a name="index-Vertical-space_002c-inserting-323"></a><a name="index-Space_002c-inserting-vertical-324"></a> +<code>\addvspace{length}</code> + + <p>The <code>\addvspace</code> command normally adds a vertical space of height +length. However, if vertical space has already been added to the same +point in the output by a previous <code>\addvspace</code> command, then this +command will not add more space than needed to make the natural length +of the total vertical space equal to <code>length</code>. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \bigskip *** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cbigskip"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmedskip">\medskip</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.6 \bigskip</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cbigskip-325"></a> +The <code>\bigskip</code> command is equivalent to +<code>\vspace{bigskipamount}</code> where <code>bigskipamount</code> is determined +by the document class. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \medskip *** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmedskip"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csmallskip">\smallskip</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cbigskip">\bigskip</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.7 \medskip</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cmedskip-326"></a> +The <code>\medskip</code> command is equivalent to +<code>\vspace{medskipamount}</code> where <code>medskipamount</code> is determined +by the document class. + +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- ** \smallskip ** --> +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csmallskip"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvfill">\vfill</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmedskip">\medskip</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.8 \smallskip</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csmallskip-327"></a> +<code>\smallskip</code> + + <p>The <code>\smallskip</code> command is equivalent to +<code>\vspace{smallskipamount}</code> where <code>smallskipamount</code> is +determined by the document class. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \vfill ***** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cvfill"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvspace">\vspace</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csmallskip">\smallskip</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.9 \vfill</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cvfill-328"></a> +The <code>\vfill</code> fill command produces a rubber length which can +stretch or shrink vertically. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \vspace **** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cvspace"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfbox">\fbox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cvfill">\vfill</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.10 \vspace</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cvspace-329"></a> +<code>\vspace[*]{length}</code> + + <p>The <code>\vspace</code> command adds vertical space. The length of the space +can be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands, i.e., points, +inches, etc. You can add negative as well as positive space with an +<code>\vspace</code> command. + + <p>LaTeX removes vertical space that comes at the end of a page. If you +don't want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional <code>*</code> +argument. Then the space is never removed. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \fbox ****** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cfbox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cframebox">\framebox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cvspace">\vspace</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.11 \fbox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cfbox-330"></a> +<code>\fbox{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\fbox</code> command is exactly the same as the <code>\mbox</code> +command, except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that +it creates. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \framebox ** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cframebox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#lrbox">lrbox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfbox">\fbox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.12 \framebox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cframebox-331"></a> +<code>\framebox[width][position]{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\framebox</code> command is exactly the same as the <code>\makebox</code> +command, except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that +it creates. + + <p>The framebox command produces a rule of thickness <code>\fboxrule</code>, and +leaves a space <code>\fboxsep</code> between the rule and the contents of the +box. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** lrbox **** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="lrbox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cframebox">\framebox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.13 lrbox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-lrbox-332"></a> +<code>\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}</code> + + <p>This is the environment form of <code>\sbox</code>. + + <p>The text inside the environment is saved in the box <code>cmd</code>, which +must have been declared with <code>\newsavebox</code>. + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- ** \makebox ** --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmakebox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmbox">\mbox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#lrbox">lrbox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.14 \makebox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cmakebox-333"></a> +<code>\makebox[width][position]{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\makebox</code> command creates a box just wide enough to contain +the <code>text</code> specified. The width of the box is specified by the +optional <code>width</code> argument. The position of the text within the box +is determined by the optional <code>position</code> argument. + + <ul> +<li><code>c</code> — centred (default) +<li><code>l</code> — flushleft +<li><code>r</code> — flushright +<li><code>s</code> — stretch from left to right margin. The text must contain +stretchable space for this to work. +</ul> + + <p>See <a href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \mbox ****** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cmbox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.15 \mbox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cmbox-334"></a> +<code>\mbox{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\mbox</code> command creates a box just wide enough to hold the text +created by its argument. + + <p>Use this command to prevent text from being split across lines. + +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- ** \newsavebox * --> +<!-- **************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cnewsavebox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cparbox">\parbox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmbox">\mbox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.16 \newsavebox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cnewsavebox-335"></a> +<code>\newsavebox{cmd}</code> + + <p>Declares <code>cmd</code>, which must be a command name that is not already +defined, to be a bin for saving boxes. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \parbox **** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cparbox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005craisebox">\raisebox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.17 \parbox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cparbox-336"></a> +<code>\parbox[position][height][inner-pos]{width}{text}</code> + + <p>A <code>parbox</code> is a box whose contents are created in <code>paragraph</code> +mode. The <code>\parbox</code> has two mandatory arguments: + + <ul> +<li><code>width</code> - specifies the width of the parbox, and +<li><code>text</code> - the text that goes inside the parbox. +</ul> + + <p>LaTeX will position a <code>parbox</code> so its centre lines up with the centre of +the text line. The optional <i>position</i> argument allows you +to line up either the top or bottom line in the parbox (default is top). + + <p>If the <i>height</i> argument is not given, the box will have the natural +height of the text. + + <p>The <i>inner-pos</i> argument controls the placement of the text inside the +box. If it is not specified, <i>position</i> is used. + + <ul> +<li><code>t</code> — text is placed at the top of the box. +<li><code>c</code> — text is centred in the box. +<li><code>b</code> — text is placed at the bottom of the box. +<li><code>s</code> — stretch vertically. The text must contain +vertically stretchable space for this to work. +</ul> + + <p>A <code>\parbox</code> command is used for a parbox containing a small piece +of text, with nothing fancy inside. In particular, you shouldn't use +any of the paragraph-making environments inside a <code>\parbox</code> +argument. For larger pieces of text, including ones containing a +paragraph-making environment, you should use a <code>minipage</code> +environment See <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \raisebox ** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005craisebox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005crule">\rule</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cparbox">\parbox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.18 \raisebox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005craisebox-337"></a> +<code>\raisebox{distance}[extend-above][extend-below]{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\raisebox</code> command is used to raise or lower text. The first +mandatory argument specifies how high the text is to be raised (or +lowered if it is a negative amount). The text itself is processed in +<code>LR mode</code>. + + <p>Sometimes it's useful to make LaTeX think something has a different +size than it really does - or a different size than LaTeX would +normally think it has. The <code>\raisebox</code> command lets you tell +LaTeX how tall it is. + + <p>The first optional argument, <code>extend-above</code>, makes LaTeX think +that the text extends above the line by the amount specified. The +second optional argument, <code>extend-below</code>, makes LaTeX think that +the text extends below the line by the amount specified. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \rule ****** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005crule"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csavebox">\savebox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005craisebox">\raisebox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.19 \rule</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005crule-338"></a> +<code>\rule[raise-height]{width}{thickness}</code> + + <p>The <code>\rule</code> command is used to produce horizontal lines. The +arguments are defined as follows: + + <ul> +<li><code>raise-height</code> - specifies how high to raise the rule (optional) +<li><code>width</code> - specifies the length of the rule (mandatory) +<li><code>thickness</code> - specifies the thickness of the rule (mandatory) +</ul> + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \savebox *** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csavebox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csbox">\sbox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005crule">\rule</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.20 \savebox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csavebox-339"></a> +<pre class="example"> \savebox{cmd}[width][pos]{text} +</pre> + <p>This command typeset <code>text</code> in a box just as for <code>\makebox</code>. +However, instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in bin +<code>cmd</code>, which must have been declared with <code>\newsavebox</code>. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \sbox ****** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005csbox"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cusebox">\usebox</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csavebox">\savebox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.21 \sbox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005csbox-340"></a> +<code>\sbox{text}</code> + + <p>This commands typeset <code>text</code> in a box just as for <code>\mbox</code>. +However, instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in bin +<code>cmd</code>, which must have been declared with <code>\newsavebox</code>. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \usebox **** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cusebox"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csbox">\sbox</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.17.22 \usebox</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cusebox-341"></a> +<code>\usebox{cmd}</code> + + <p>Prints the box most recently saved in bin <code>cmd</code> by a +<code>\savebox</code> command. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- ** Special Characters *** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Special-Characters"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.18 Special Characters</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Special-Characters-342"></a><a name="index-Characters_002c-special-343"></a><a name="index-Reserved-Characters-344"></a><a name="index-Characters_002c-reserved-345"></a> +The following characters play a special role in LaTeX and are called +“special printing characters”, or simply “special characters”. + +<pre class="example"> # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { } +</pre> + <p>Whenever you put one of these special characters into your file, you are +doing something special. If you simply want the character to be printed +just as any other letter, include a <code>\</code> in front of the character. +For example, <code>\$</code> will produce <code>$</code> in your output. + + <p>One exception to this rule is the <code>\</code> itself because <code>\\</code> has +its own special meaning. A <code>\</code> is produced by typing +<code>$\backslash$</code> in your file. + + <p>Also, <code>\~</code> means `place a tilde accent over the following letter', +so you will probably want to use <code>\verb</code> instead. + + <p><a name="index-_005cbackslash-346"></a><a name="index-_005csymbol-347"></a><a name="index-Accessing-any-character-of-a-font-348"></a> +In addition, you can access any character of a font once you know its +number by using the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the character +used for displaying spaces in the <code>\verb*</code> command has the code +decimal 32, so it can be typed as <code>\symbol{32}</code>. + + <p>You can also specify octal numbers with <code>'</code> or hexadecimal numbers +with <code>"</code>, so the previous example could also be written as +<code>\symbol{'40}</code> or <code>\symbol{"20}</code>. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- ** Splitting the Input ** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Splitting-the-Input"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting & Ending</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.19 Splitting the Input</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Splitting-the-input-file-349"></a><a name="index-Input-file_002c-splitting-350"></a> + + <p>A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting the whole +input in a single large file, it's more efficient to split it into +several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, +there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type +when you run LaTeX. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cinclude">\include</a>: Conditionally include a file. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</a>: Determine which files are included. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cinput">\input</a>: Unconditionally include a file. +</ul> + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \include *** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cinclude"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.19.1 \include</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cinclude-351"></a> +<code>\include{file}</code> + + <p>The <code>\include</code> command is used in conjunction with the +<code>\includeonly</code> command for selective inclusion of files. The +<code>file</code> argument is the first name of a file, denoting +<span class="file">file.tex</span>. If <code>file</code> is one the file names in the file list +of the <code>\includeonly</code> command or if there is no <code>\includeonly</code> +command, the <code>\include</code> command is equivalent to + +<pre class="example"> \clearpage \input{file} \clearpage +</pre> + <p>except that if the file <span class="file">file.tex</span> does not exist, then a warning +message rather than an error is produced. If the file is not in the +file list, the <code>\include</code> command is equivalent to <code>\clearpage</code>. + + <p>The <code>\include</code> command may not appear in the preamble or in a file +read by another <code>\include</code> command. + +<!-- ******************* --> +<!-- ** \includeonly *** --> +<!-- ******************* --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cincludeonly"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cinput">\input</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cinclude">\include</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.19.2 \includeonly</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cincludeonly-352"></a> +<code>\includeonly{</code><i>file_list</i><code>}</code> + + <p>The <code>\includeonly</code> command controls which files will be read in by +an <code>\include</code> command. <i>file_list</i> should be a comma-separated +list of filenames. Each filename must match exactly a filename specified +in a <code>\include</code> command. This command can only appear in the +preamble. + +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- ** \input ***** --> +<!-- *************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005cinput"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.19.3 \input</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005cinput-353"></a> +<code>\input{file}</code> + + <p>The <code>\input</code> command causes the indicated <code>file</code> to be read and +processed, exactly as if its contents had been inserted in the current +file at that point. The file name may be a complete file name with +extension or just a first name, in which case the file <span class="file">file.tex</span> +is used. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- *** Starting & Ending *** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Starting-_0026-Ending"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.20 Starting & Ending</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Starting-_0026-Ending-354"></a><a name="index-Ending-_0026-Starting-355"></a> +Your input file must contain the following commands as a minimum: + +<pre class="example"> \documentclass{class} + \begin{document} + ... your text goes here ... + \end{document} +</pre> + <p>where the <code>class</code> selected is one of the valid classes for LaTeX. +See <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a>, (and see <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>), for details of the +various document classes available locally. + + <p>You may include other LaTeX commands between the <code>\documentclass</code> +and the <code>\begin{document}</code> commands (i.e., in the `preamble'). + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- *** Table of Contents *** --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Table-of-Contents"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting & Ending</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.21 Table of Contents</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Table-of-Contents_002c-creating-356"></a> + + <p>A table of contents is produced with the +<code>\tableofcontents</code> +<a name="index-_005ctableofcontents-357"></a>command. You put the command right where you want the table of contents +to go; LaTeX does the rest for you. It produces a heading, but it does +not automatically start a new page. If you want a new page after the +table of contents, include a <code>\newpage</code> command after the +<code>\tableofcontents</code> command. + + <p>There are similar commands +<code>\listoffigures</code> +<a name="index-_005clistoffigures-358"></a>and +<code>\listoftables</code> +<a name="index-_005clistoftables-359"></a> for producing a list of figures and a list of tables, respectively. +Everything works exactly the same as for the table of contents. + + <p>NOTE: If you want any of these items to be generated, you cannot have +the +<code>\nofiles</code> +<a name="index-_005cnofiles-360"></a>command in your document. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a>: Add an entry to table of contents etc. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a>: Add text directly to table of contents file etc. +</ul> + +<!-- ******************** --> +<!-- * \addcontentsline * --> +<!-- ******************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005caddcontentsline"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.21.1 \addcontentsline</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005caddcontentsline-361"></a> +<code>\addcontentsline{file}{sec_unit}{entry}</code> + + <p>The <code>\addcontentsline</code> command adds an entry to the specified list +or table where: + + <ul> +<li><code>file</code> is the extension of the file on which information is to be +written: <code>toc</code> (table of contents), <code>lof</code> (list of figures), +or <code>lot</code> (list of tables). +<li><code>sec_unit</code> controls the formatting of the entry. It should be one +of the following, depending upon the value of the file argument: + <ol type=1 start=1> +<li><code>toc</code> — the name of the sectional unit, such as part or subsection. +<li><code>lof</code> — figure +<li><code>lot</code> — table + </ol> +<li><code>entry</code> is the text of the entry. +</ul> + +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- * \addtocontents * --> +<!-- ****************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005caddtocontents"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.21.2 \addtocontents</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005caddtocontents-362"></a> +<code>\addtocontents{file}{text}</code> + + <p>The <code>\addtocontents</code> command adds text (or formatting commands) directly +to the file that generates the table of contents or list of figures or +tables. + + <ul> +<li><code>file</code> is the extension of the file on which information is to be +written: <code>toc</code> (table of contents), <code>lof</code> (list of figures), +or <code>lot</code> (list of tables). +<li><code>text</code> is the information to be written. +</ul> + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- * Terminal Input/Output * --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Terminal-Input_002fOutput"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.22 Terminal Input/Output</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Input_002fOutput-363"></a><a name="index-Terminal-Input_002fOutput-364"></a> + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005ctypein">\typein</a>: Read text from the terminal. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005ctypeout">\typeout</a>: Write text to the terminal. +</ul> + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- * \typein **** --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ctypein"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ctypeout">\typeout</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.22.1 \typein</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005ctypein-365"></a> +<code>\typein[cmd]{msg}</code> + + <p>Prints <code>msg</code> on the terminal and causes LaTeX to stop and wait for +you to type a line of input, ending with return. If the <code>cmd</code> +argument is missing, the typed input is processed as if it had been +included in the input file in place of the <code>\typein</code> command. If +the <code>cmd</code> argument is present, it must be a command name. This +command name is then defined or redefined to be the typed input. + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- * \typeout *** --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="_005ctypeout"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ctypein">\typein</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.22.2 \typeout</h4> + +<p><a name="index-_005ctypeout-366"></a> +<code>\typeout{msg}</code> + + <p>Prints <code>msg</code> on the terminal and in the <code>log</code> file. Commands +in <code>msg</code> that are defined with <code>\newcommand</code> or +<code>\renewcommand</code> are replaced by their definitions before being +printed. + + <p>LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as +a single space and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to +<code>msg</code>. A <code>\space</code> command in <code>msg</code> causes a single space +to be printed. A <code>^^J</code> in <code>msg</code> prints a newline. + +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- ***** Typefaces ********* --> +<!-- ************************* --> +<!-- LEVEL2 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Typefaces"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h3 class="section">2.23 Typefaces</h3> + +<p><a name="index-Typefaces-367"></a><a name="index-Fonts-368"></a> +The <code>typeface</code> is specified by giving the “size” and “style”. A +typeface is also called a “font”. + +<ul class="menu"> +<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Styles">Styles</a>: Select roman, italics etc. +<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Sizes">Sizes</a>: Select point size. +<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a>: Commands for wizards. +</ul> + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- ** Styles **** --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Styles"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Sizes">Sizes</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.23.1 \Styles</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Font-Styles-369"></a><a name="index-Typeface-Styles-370"></a><a name="index-Styles-of-text-371"></a> + + <p>The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX. + + <p>These commands are used like <code>\textit{italics text}</code>. The +corresponding command in parenthesis is the “declaration form”, which +takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the +next type style command or the end of the current group. + + <p>The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say +<code>\sffamily\bfseries</code> to get sans serif boldface. + + <p>You can also use the environment form of the declaration forms; e.g. +<code>\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}</code>. + + <dl> +<dt><code>\textrm (\rmfamily)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextrm-372"></a><a name="index-_005crmfamily-373"></a>Roman. +<br><dt><code>\textit (\itshape)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextit-374"></a><a name="index-_005citshape-375"></a><br><dt><code>\emph</code><dd><a name="index-_005cemph-376"></a>Emphasis (toggles between \textit and \textrm). +<br><dt><code>\textmd (\mdseries)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextmd-377"></a><a name="index-_005cmdseries-378"></a>Medium weight (default). The opposite of boldface. +<br><dt><code>\textbf (\bfseries)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextbf-379"></a><a name="index-_005cbfseries-380"></a>Boldface. +<br><dt><code>\textup (\upshape)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextup-381"></a><a name="index-_005cupshape-382"></a>Upright (default). The opposite of slanted. +<br><dt><code>\textsl (\slshape)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextsl-383"></a><a name="index-_005cslshape-384"></a>Slanted. +<br><dt><code>\textsf (\sffamily)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextsf-385"></a><a name="index-_005csffamily-386"></a>Sans serif. +<br><dt><code>\textsc (\scshape)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextsc-387"></a><a name="index-_005cscshape-388"></a>Small caps. +<br><dt><code>\texttt (\ttfamily)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctexttt-389"></a><a name="index-_005cttfamily-390"></a>Typewriter. +<br><dt><code>\textnormal (\normalfont)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextnormal-391"></a><a name="index-_005cnormalfont-392"></a>Main document font. +<br><dt><code>\mathrm</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathrm-393"></a>Roman, for use in math mode. +<br><dt><code>\mathbf</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathbf-394"></a>Boldface, for use in math mode. +<br><dt><code>\mathsf</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathsf-395"></a>Sans serif, for use in math mode. +<br><dt><code>\mathtt</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathtt-396"></a>Typewriter, for use in math mode. +<br><dt><code>\mathit</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathit-397"></a>Italics, for use in math mode, e.g. variable names with several letters. +<br><dt><code>\mathnormal</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathnormal-398"></a>For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type style declaration. +<br><dt><code>\mathcal</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathcal-399"></a>`Calligraphic' letters, for use in math mode. +</dl> + + <p>In addition, the command +<code>\mathversion{bold}</code> +<a name="index-_005cmathversion-400"></a>can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in +formulas. <code>\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default. + +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- ** Sizes ***** --> +<!-- ************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Sizes"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Styles">Styles</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.23.2 Sizes</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Font-Sizes-401"></a><a name="index-Typeface-Sizes-402"></a><a name="index-Sizes-of-text-403"></a> + + <p>The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX. + + <p>The commands as listed here are "declaration forms". The scope of the +declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end of +the current group. + + <p>You can also use the environment form of these commands; e.g. +<code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>. + + <dl> +<dt><code>\tiny</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctiny-404"></a> +<br><dt><code>\scriptsize</code><dd><a name="index-_005cscriptsize-405"></a> +<br><dt><code>\footnotesize</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfootnotesize-406"></a> +<br><dt><code>\small</code><dd><a name="index-_005csmall-407"></a> +<br><dt><code>\normalsize</code><dd><a name="index-_005cnormalsize-408"></a>(default) + + <br><dt><code>\large</code><dd><a name="index-_005clarge-409"></a> +<br><dt><code>\Large</code><dd><a name="index-_005cLarge-410"></a> +<br><dt><code>\LARGE</code><dd><a name="index-_005cLARGE-411"></a> +<br><dt><code>\huge</code><dd><a name="index-_005chuge-412"></a> +<br><dt><code>\Huge</code><dd><a name="index-_005cHuge-413"></a></dl> + +<!-- ******************************** --> +<!-- ** Low-level font commands ***** --> +<!-- ******************************** --> +<!-- LEVEL3 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Sizes">Sizes</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h4 class="subsection">2.23.3 Low-level font commands</h4> + +<p><a name="index-Low_002dlevel-font-commands-414"></a><a name="index-Font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel-415"></a> +These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and +packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available +ones. For full details, you should consult Chapter 7 of <cite>The LaTeX +Companion</cite>. + + <dl> +<dt><code>\fontencoding{enc}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontencoding-416"></a>Select font encoding. Valid encodings include <code>OT1</code> and <code>T1</code>. + + <br><dt><code>\fontfamily{family}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontfamily-417"></a>Select font family. Valid families include: + + <ul> +<li><code>cmr</code> for Computer Modern Roman +<li><code>cmss</code> for Computer Modern Sans Serif +<li><code>cmtt</code> for Computer Modern Typewriter +</ul> + + <p>and numerous others. + + <br><dt><code>\fontseries{series}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontseries-418"></a>Select font series. Valid series include: + + <ul> +<li><code>m</code> Medium (normal) +<li><code>b</code> Bold +<li><code>c</code> Condensed +<li><code>bc</code> Bold condensed +<li><code>bx</code> Bold extended +</ul> + + <p>and various other combinations. + + <br><dt><code>\fontshape{shape}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontshape-419"></a>Select font shape. Valid shapes are: + + <ul> +<li><code>n</code> Upright (normal) +<li><code>it</code> Italic +<li><code>sl</code> Slanted (oblique) +<li><code>sc</code> Small caps +<li><code>ui</code> Upright italics +<li><code>ol</code> Outline +</ul> + + <p>The two last shapes are not available for most font families. + + <br><dt><code>\fontsize{size}{skip}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontsize-420"></a>Set font size. The first parameter is the font size to switch to; the +second is the <code>\baselineskip</code> to use. The unit of both parameters +defaults to pt. A rule of thumb is that the baselineskip should be 1.2 +times the font size. + + <br><dt><code>\selectfont</code><dd><a name="index-_005cselectfont-421"></a>The changes made by calling the four font commands described above do +not come into effect until <code>\selectfont</code> is called. + + <br><dt><code>\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cusefont-422"></a>Equivalent to calling <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>, +<code>\fontseries</code> and <code>\fontshape</code> with the given parameters, followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. +</dl> + +<!-- **************************************** --> +<!-- ************* PARAMETERS *************** --> +<!-- **************************************** --> +<!-- LEVEL1 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Parameters"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Concept-Index">Concept Index</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Commands">Commands</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h2 class="chapter">3 Parameters</h2> + +<p>The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted; TeX +uses <span class="file">.tex</span> as a default file extension. If you omit the input file +entirely, TeX accepts input from the terminal. You specify command +options by supplying a string as a parameter to the command; e.g. + + <p><code>latex ``\scrollmode\input foo.tex''</code> + + <p>will process <span class="file">foo.tex</span> without pausing after every error. + + <p>Output files are always created in the current directory. When you fail +to specify an input file name, TeX bases the output names on the file +specification associated with the logical name TEX_OUTPUT, typically +<code>texput.log</code>. + +<!-- *************************** --> +<!-- ******* INDICES ******** --> +<!-- *************************** --> +<!-- LEVEL1 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Concept-Index"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Command-Index">Command Index</a>, +Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Parameters">Parameters</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h2 class="unnumbered">Concept Index</h2> + +<ul class="index-cp" compact> +<li><a href="#index-Accessing-any-character-of-a-font-348">Accessing any character of a font</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Aligning-Equations-73">Aligning Equations</a>: <a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Appendix_002c-creating-315">Appendix, creating</a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Arrays_002c-math-60">Arrays, math</a>: <a href="#array">array</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-article-class-41">article class</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Author_002c-for-titlepage-295">Author, for titlepage</a>: <a href="#_005cauthor">\author</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Bibliography_002c-creating-_0028automatically_0029-157">Bibliography, creating (automatically)</a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029-151">Bibliography, creating (manually)</a>: <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-BibTeX_002c-using-156">BibTeX, using</a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-book-class-43">book class</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Boxes-317">Boxes</a>: <a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Cc-list-199">Cc list</a>: <a href="#_005ccc">\cc</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Centering-text-65">Centering text</a>: <a href="#_005ccentering">\centering</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Centering-text_002c-environment-for-63">Centering text, environment for</a>: <a href="#center">center</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Characters_002c-reserved-345">Characters, reserved</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Characters_002c-special-343">Characters, special</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Classes-of-document-40">Classes of document</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Commands_002c-defining-new-ones-28">Commands, defining new ones</a>: <a href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Computer-programs_002c-typesetting-170">Computer programs, typesetting</a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Counters_002c-a-list-of-3">Counters, a list of</a>: <a href="#Counters">Counters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Counters_002c-creating-11">Counters, creating</a>: <a href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Counters_002c-getting-the-value-of-20">Counters, getting the value of</a>: <a href="#_005cvalue">\value</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Counters_002c-setting-17">Counters, setting</a>: <a href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Creating-letters-196">Creating letters</a>: <a href="#Letters">Letters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Creating-pictures-106">Creating pictures</a>: <a href="#picture">picture</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Creating-tables-142">Creating tables</a>: <a href="#table">table</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Cross-referencing-21">Cross referencing</a>: <a href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Cross-referencing-using-page-number-24">Cross referencing using page number</a>: <a href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Cross-referencing-using-section-number-26">Cross referencing using section number</a>: <a href="#_005cref">\ref</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Date_002c-for-titlepage-297">Date, for titlepage</a>: <a href="#_005cdate">\date</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Defining-a-new-command-29">Defining a new command</a>: <a href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Defining-new-environments-32">Defining new environments</a>: <a href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Defining-new-fonts-38">Defining new fonts</a>: <a href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Defining-new-theorems-35">Defining new theorems</a>: <a href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Displaying-quoted-text-125">Displaying quoted text</a>: <a href="#quote">quote</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Displaying-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation-122">Displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</a>: <a href="#quotation">quotation</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Document-Classes-39">Document Classes</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Enclosed-material-203">Enclosed material</a>: <a href="#_005cencl">\encl</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Ending-_0026-Starting-355">Ending & Starting</a>: <a href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting & Ending</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Enlarge-current-page-226">Enlarge current page</a>: <a href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Environments-57">Environments</a>: <a href="#Environments">Environments</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Environments_002c-defining-31">Environments, defining</a>: <a href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Equations_002c-aligning-72">Equations, aligning</a>: <a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Equations_002c-environment-for-76">Equations, environment for</a>: <a href="#equation">equation</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-exponent-260">exponent</a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Figures_002c-footnotes-in-103">Figures, footnotes in</a>: <a href="#minipage">minipage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Flushing-a-page-224">Flushing a page</a>: <a href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel-415">Font commands, low-level</a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Font-Sizes-401">Font Sizes</a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Font-Styles-369">Font Styles</a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Fonts-368">Fonts</a>: <a href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Fonts_002c-new-commands-for-37">Fonts, new commands for</a>: <a href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Footnotes-in-figures-102">Footnotes in figures</a>: <a href="#minipage">minipage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Footnotes_002c-creating-175">Footnotes, creating</a>: <a href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Formatting-Text-66">Formatting Text</a>: <a href="#_005ccentering">\centering</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Formulae_002c-environment-for-77">Formulae, environment for</a>: <a href="#equation">equation</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Formulae_002c-maths-253">Formulae, maths</a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Global-options-49">Global options</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Greek-letters-267">Greek letters</a>: <a href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Hyphenation_002c-defining-229">Hyphenation, defining</a>: <a href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Hyphenation_002c-forcing-220">Hyphenation, forcing</a>: <a href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Indent_002c-forcing-244">Indent, forcing</a>: <a href="#_005cindent">\indent</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Indent_002c-suppressing-246">Indent, suppressing</a>: <a href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Input-file_002c-splitting-350">Input file, splitting</a>: <a href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Input_002fOutput-363">Input/Output</a>: <a href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Inserting-figures-79">Inserting figures</a>: <a href="#figure">figure</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Justification_002c-ragged-left-93">Justification, ragged left</a>: <a href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Justification_002c-ragged-right-87">Justification, ragged right</a>: <a href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Labelled-lists_002c-creating-68">Labelled lists, creating</a>: <a href="#description">description</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-LaTeX-overview-2">LaTeX overview</a>: <a href="#Overview">Overview</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Layout-commands-51">Layout commands</a>: <a href="#Layout">Layout</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Left_002djustifying-text-86">Left-justifying text</a>: <a href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Left_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for-82">Left-justifying text, environment for</a>: <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Left_002dto_002dright-mode-288">Left-to-right mode</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-adding-to-185">Lengths, adding to</a>: <a href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-defining-a-new-181">Lengths, defining a new</a>: <a href="#_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-defining-and-using-179">Lengths, defining and using</a>: <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-predefined-189">Lengths, predefined</a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-setting-value-of-183">Lengths, setting value of</a>: <a href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-letter-class-44">letter class</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Letters-195">Letters</a>: <a href="#Letters">Letters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Letters_002c-ending-201">Letters, ending</a>: <a href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Letters_002c-starting-208">Letters, starting</a>: <a href="#_005copening">\opening</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Line-Breaking-215">Line Breaking</a>: <a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Line-breaks-231">Line breaks</a>: <a href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lines-in-tables-144">Lines in tables</a>: <a href="#tabular">tabular</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lining-text-up-in-columns-using-tab-stops-128">Lining text up in columns using tab stops</a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lining-text-up-in-tables-145">Lining text up in tables</a>: <a href="#tabular">tabular</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lists-of-items-97">Lists of items</a>: <a href="#itemize">itemize</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lists-of-items_002c-generic-100">Lists of items, generic</a>: <a href="#list">list</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Lists-of-items_002c-numbered-70">Lists of items, numbered</a>: <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Loading-additional-packages-48">Loading additional packages</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Low_002dlevel-font-commands-414">Low-level font commands</a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-LR-mode-289">LR mode</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Making-a-title-page-163">Making a title page</a>: <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Making-paragraphs-241">Making paragraphs</a>: <a href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Margin-Notes-249">Margin Notes</a>: <a href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Math-Formulae-252">Math Formulae</a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Math-mode-287">Math mode</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Math-mode_002c-entering-254">Math mode, entering</a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Math-mode_002c-spacing-269">Math mode, spacing</a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Maths-Miscellany-274">Maths Miscellany</a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Maths-symbols-265">Maths symbols</a>: <a href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Minipage_002c-creating-a-104">Minipage, creating a</a>: <a href="#minipage">minipage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Modes-285">Modes</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Multicolumn-text-56">Multicolumn text</a>: <a href="#_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-New-line_002c-starting-218">New line, starting</a>: <a href="#_005c_005c">\\</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-New-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029-233">New line, starting (paragraph mode)</a>: <a href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-New-Page-235">New Page</a>: <a href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Notes-in-the-margin-250">Notes in the margin</a>: <a href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Options_002c-global-50">Options, global</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Overview-of-LaTeX-1">Overview of LaTeX</a>: <a href="#Overview">Overview</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Packages_002c-loading-47">Packages, loading</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Page-break_002c-forcing-239">Page break, forcing</a>: <a href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Page-Breaking-214">Page Breaking</a>: <a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Page-Formatting-216">Page Formatting</a>: <a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line & Page Breaking</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Page-numbering-303">Page numbering</a>: <a href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Page-styles-291">Page styles</a>: <a href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Paragraph-mode-286">Paragraph mode</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Paragraph_002c-starting-a-new-248">Paragraph, starting a new</a>: <a href="#_005cpar">\par</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Paragraphs-242">Paragraphs</a>: <a href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Pictures_002c-creating-107">Pictures, creating</a>: <a href="#picture">picture</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Poetry_002c-an-environment-for-174">Poetry, an environment for</a>: <a href="#verse">verse</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Predefined-lengths-190">Predefined lengths</a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Programs_002c-typesetting-169">Programs, typesetting</a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying-121">Quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</a>: <a href="#quotation">quotation</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Quoted-text_002c-displaying-124">Quoted text, displaying</a>: <a href="#quote">quote</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Ragged-left-text-92">Ragged left text</a>: <a href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Ragged-left-text_002c-environment-for-89">Ragged left text, environment for</a>: <a href="#flushright">flushright</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Ragged-right-text-85">Ragged right text</a>: <a href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Ragged-right-text_002c-environment-for-83">Ragged right text, environment for</a>: <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Remarks-in-the-margin-251">Remarks in the margin</a>: <a href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-report-class-42">report class</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Reserved-Characters-344">Reserved Characters</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Right_002djustifying-text-94">Right-justifying text</a>: <a href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Right_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for-90">Right-justifying text, environment for</a>: <a href="#flushright">flushright</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Sectioning-308">Sectioning</a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Simulating-typed-text-167">Simulating typed text</a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Sizes-of-text-403">Sizes of text</a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Space_002c-inserting-vertical-324">Space, inserting vertical</a>: <a href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Spaces-316">Spaces</a>: <a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces & Boxes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Spacing_002c-within-Math-mode-268">Spacing, within Math mode</a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Special-Characters-342">Special Characters</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Splitting-the-input-file-349">Splitting the input file</a>: <a href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Starting-_0026-Ending-354">Starting & Ending</a>: <a href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting & Ending</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Starting-on-a--right_002dhand-page-222">Starting on a right-hand page</a>: <a href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Styles-of-text-371">Styles of text</a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Styles_002c-page-290">Styles, page</a>: <a href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Subscript-262">Subscript</a>: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts & Superscripts</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Superscript-261">Superscript</a>: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts & Superscripts</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Symbols-266">Symbols</a>: <a href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Tab-stops_002c-using-127">Tab stops, using</a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Table-of-Contents_002c-creating-356">Table of Contents, creating</a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Tables_002c-creating-141">Tables, creating</a>: <a href="#table">table</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Terminal-Input_002fOutput-364">Terminal Input/Output</a>: <a href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Thanks_002c-for-titlepage-299">Thanks, for titlepage</a>: <a href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Theorems_002c-defining-34">Theorems, defining</a>: <a href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Theorems_002c-typesetting-161">Theorems, typesetting</a>: <a href="#theorem">theorem</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Title-making-292">Title making</a>: <a href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Title-pages_002c-creating-164">Title pages, creating</a>: <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Title_002c-for-titlepage-301">Title, for titlepage</a>: <a href="#_005ctitle">\title</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Typed-text_002c-simulating-168">Typed text, simulating</a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Typeface-Sizes-402">Typeface Sizes</a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Typeface-Styles-370">Typeface Styles</a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Typefaces-367">Typefaces</a>: <a href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Using-BibTeX-155">Using BibTeX</a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Variables_002c-a-list-of-4">Variables, a list of</a>: <a href="#Counters">Counters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Verbatim-text-172">Verbatim text</a>: <a href="#_005cverb">\verb</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-Vertical-space_002c-inserting-323">Vertical space, inserting</a>: <a href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></li> +</ul><!-- LEVEL1 --> +<div class="node"> +<p><hr> +<a name="Command-Index"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Concept-Index">Concept Index</a>, +Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a> +<br> +</div> + +<!-- node-name, next, previous, up --> +<h2 class="unnumbered">Command Index</h2> + + + +<ul class="index-fn" compact> +<li><a href="#index-_0024-259"><code>$</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_0021-273"><code>\!</code></a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029-134"><code>\' (tabbing)</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_0028-255"><code>\(</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_0029-256"><code>\)</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_002b-132"><code>\+</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_002c-272"><code>\,</code></a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029-219"><code>\- (hyphenation)</code></a>: <a href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_002d-_0028tabbing_0029-133"><code>\- (tabbing)</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_003b-270"><code>\;</code></a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_003c-131"><code>\<</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_003d-129"><code>\=</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_003e-130"><code>\></code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_005b-257"><code>\[</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_005c-217"><code>\\</code></a>: <a href="#_005c_005c">\\</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_005d-258"><code>\]</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029-135"><code>\` (tabbing)</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ca-139"><code>\a</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005caddcontentsline-361"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005caddress-197"><code>\address</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddress">\address</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005caddtocontents-362"><code>\addtocontents</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005caddtocounter-5"><code>\addtocounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddtocounter">\addtocounter</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005caddtolength-184"><code>\addtolength</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005caddvspace-322"><code>\addvspace</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cAlph-7"><code>\Alph</code></a>: <a href="#_005calph">\alph</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005calph-6"><code>\alph</code></a>: <a href="#_005calph">\alph</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cappendix-314"><code>\appendix</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005carabic-8"><code>\arabic</code></a>: <a href="#_005carabic">\arabic</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cauthor-294"><code>\author</code></a>: <a href="#_005cauthor">\author</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cbackslash-346"><code>\backslash</code></a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cbegin-58"><code>\begin</code></a>: <a href="#Environments">Environments</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cbfseries-380"><code>\bfseries</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cbibitem-152"><code>\bibitem</code></a>: <a href="#_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cbibliography-159"><code>\bibliography</code></a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cbibliographystyle-158"><code>\bibliographystyle</code></a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cbigskip-325"><code>\bigskip</code></a>: <a href="#_005cbigskip">\bigskip</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ccaption-80"><code>\caption</code></a>: <a href="#figure">figure</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ccc-198"><code>\cc</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccc">\cc</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ccdots-275"><code>\cdots</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ccentering-64"><code>\centering</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccentering">\centering</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cchapter-309"><code>\chapter</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ccircle-108"><code>\circle</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccircle">\circle</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ccite-153"><code>\cite</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccite">\cite</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ccleardoublepage-221"><code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cclearpage-223"><code>\clearpage</code></a>: <a href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ccline-146"><code>\cline</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccline">\cline</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cclosing-200"><code>\closing</code></a>: <a href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cCOLON-271"><code>\COLON</code></a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cdashbox-109"><code>\dashbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cdate-296"><code>\date</code></a>: <a href="#_005cdate">\date</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cddots-276"><code>\ddots</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cdepth-193"><code>\depth</code></a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cdocumentclass-45"><code>\documentclass</code></a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cdotfill-318"><code>\dotfill</code></a>: <a href="#_005cdotfill">\dotfill</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cemph-376"><code>\emph</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cencl-202"><code>\encl</code></a>: <a href="#_005cencl">\encl</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cend-59"><code>\end</code></a>: <a href="#Environments">Environments</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cenlargethispage-225"><code>\enlargethispage</code></a>: <a href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfbox-330"><code>\fbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfbox">\fbox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cflushbottom-52"><code>\flushbottom</code></a>: <a href="#_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfnsymbol-9"><code>\fnsymbol</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfnsymbol">\fnsymbol</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfontencoding-416"><code>\fontencoding</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfontfamily-417"><code>\fontfamily</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfontseries-418"><code>\fontseries</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfontshape-419"><code>\fontshape</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfontsize-420"><code>\fontsize</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfootnote-176"><code>\footnote</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfootnotemark-177"><code>\footnotemark</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfootnotesize-406"><code>\footnotesize</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfootnotetext-178"><code>\footnotetext</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfootnotetext">\footnotetext</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfrac-277"><code>\frac</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cframe-110"><code>\frame</code></a>: <a href="#_005cframe">\frame</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cframebox-111"><code>\framebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cframebox-331"><code>\framebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cframebox">\framebox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cfussy-227"><code>\fussy</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cheight-192"><code>\height</code></a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005chfill-319"><code>\hfill</code></a>: <a href="#_005chfill">\hfill</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005chline-147"><code>\hline</code></a>: <a href="#_005chline">\hline</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005chrulefill-320"><code>\hrulefill</code></a>: <a href="#_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005chspace-321"><code>\hspace</code></a>: <a href="#_005chspace">\hspace</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005chuge-412"><code>\huge</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cHuge-413"><code>\Huge</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005chyphenation-228"><code>\hyphenation</code></a>: <a href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cinclude-351"><code>\include</code></a>: <a href="#_005cinclude">\include</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cincludeonly-352"><code>\includeonly</code></a>: <a href="#_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cindent-243"><code>\indent</code></a>: <a href="#_005cindent">\indent</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cinput-353"><code>\input</code></a>: <a href="#_005cinput">\input</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005citem-96"><code>\item</code></a>: <a href="#itemize">itemize</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005citshape-375"><code>\itshape</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ckill-136"><code>\kill</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005clabel-22"><code>\label</code></a>: <a href="#_005clabel">\label</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cLarge-410"><code>\Large</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005clarge-409"><code>\large</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cLARGE-411"><code>\LARGE</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cldots-278"><code>\ldots</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005clefteqn-74"><code>\lefteqn</code></a>: <a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cline-112"><code>\line</code></a>: <a href="#_005cline">\line</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005clinebreak-230"><code>\linebreak</code></a>: <a href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005clinethickness-113"><code>\linethickness</code></a>: <a href="#_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005clistoffigures-358"><code>\listoffigures</code></a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005clistoftables-359"><code>\listoftables</code></a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005clocation-204"><code>\location</code></a>: <a href="#_005clocation">\location</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmakebox-333"><code>\makebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-114"><code>\makebox (picture)</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmakelabels-205"><code>\makelabels</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmaketitle-293"><code>\maketitle</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmarkboth-305"><code>\markboth</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmarkboth">\markboth</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmarkright-306"><code>\markright</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmarkright">\markright</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmathbf-394"><code>\mathbf</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmathcal-399"><code>\mathcal</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmathit-397"><code>\mathit</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmathnormal-398"><code>\mathnormal</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmathrm-393"><code>\mathrm</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmathsf-395"><code>\mathsf</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmathtt-396"><code>\mathtt</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmathversion-400"><code>\mathversion</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmbox-334"><code>\mbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmbox">\mbox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmdseries-378"><code>\mdseries</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmedskip-326"><code>\medskip</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmedskip">\medskip</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmulticolumn-148"><code>\multicolumn</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cmultiput-115"><code>\multiput</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmultiput">\multiput</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cname-206"><code>\name</code></a>: <a href="#_005cname">\name</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnewcommand-27"><code>\newcommand</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnewcounter-10"><code>\newcounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnewenvironment-30"><code>\newenvironment</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnewfont-36"><code>\newfont</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnewlength-180"><code>\newlength</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnewline-232"><code>\newline</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnewpage-234"><code>\newpage</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnewsavebox-335"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnewtheorem-33"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnocite-154"><code>\nocite</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnocite">\nocite</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnofiles-360"><code>\nofiles</code></a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnoindent-245"><code>\noindent</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnolinebreak-236"><code>\nolinebreak</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnopagebreak-237"><code>\nopagebreak</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnormalfont-392"><code>\normalfont</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cnormalsize-408"><code>\normalsize</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005conecolumn-53"><code>\onecolumn</code></a>: <a href="#_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005copening-207"><code>\opening</code></a>: <a href="#_005copening">\opening</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005coval-116"><code>\oval</code></a>: <a href="#_005coval">\oval</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005coverbrace-279"><code>\overbrace</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005coverline-280"><code>\overline</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cpagebreak-238"><code>\pagebreak</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cpagenumbering-302"><code>\pagenumbering</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cpageref-23"><code>\pageref</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cpagestyle-304"><code>\pagestyle</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cpar-247"><code>\par</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpar">\par</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cparagraph-312"><code>\paragraph</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cparbox-336"><code>\parbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cparbox">\parbox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cpoptabs-138"><code>\poptabs</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cps-209"><code>\ps</code></a>: <a href="#_005cps">\ps</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cpushtabs-137"><code>\pushtabs</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cput-117"><code>\put</code></a>: <a href="#_005cput">\put</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005craggedbottom-54"><code>\raggedbottom</code></a>: <a href="#_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005craggedleft-91"><code>\raggedleft</code></a>: <a href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005craggedright-84"><code>\raggedright</code></a>: <a href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005craisebox-337"><code>\raisebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005craisebox">\raisebox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cref-25"><code>\ref</code></a>: <a href="#_005cref">\ref</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005crefstepcounter-12"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005crmfamily-373"><code>\rmfamily</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005croman-13"><code>\roman</code></a>: <a href="#_005croman">\roman</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cRoman-14"><code>\Roman</code></a>: <a href="#_005croman">\roman</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005crule-338"><code>\rule</code></a>: <a href="#_005crule">\rule</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csavebox-339"><code>\savebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005csavebox">\savebox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csbox-340"><code>\sbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005csbox">\sbox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cscriptsize-405"><code>\scriptsize</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cscshape-388"><code>\scshape</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cselectfont-421"><code>\selectfont</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csetcounter-16"><code>\setcounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csetlength-182"><code>\setlength</code></a>: <a href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csettodepth-186"><code>\settodepth</code></a>: <a href="#_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csettoheight-187"><code>\settoheight</code></a>: <a href="#_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csettowidth-188"><code>\settowidth</code></a>: <a href="#_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csffamily-386"><code>\sffamily</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cshortstack-118"><code>\shortstack</code></a>: <a href="#_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csignature-210"><code>\signature</code></a>: <a href="#_005csignature">\signature</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csloppy-240"><code>\sloppy</code></a>: <a href="#_005csloppy">\sloppy</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cslshape-384"><code>\slshape</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csmall-407"><code>\small</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csmallskip-327"><code>\smallskip</code></a>: <a href="#_005csmallskip">\smallskip</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csqrt-281"><code>\sqrt</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cstartbreaks-211"><code>\startbreaks</code></a>: <a href="#_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cstepcounter-15"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cstopbreaks-212"><code>\stopbreaks</code></a>: <a href="#_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csubparagraph-313"><code>\subparagraph</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csubsection-311"><code>\subsection</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csubsubsection-310"><code>\subsubsection</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005csymbol-347"><code>\symbol</code></a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctableofcontents-357"><code>\tableofcontents</code></a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctelephone-213"><code>\telephone</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctelephone">\telephone</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctextbf-379"><code>\textbf</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctextit-374"><code>\textit</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctextmd-377"><code>\textmd</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctextnormal-391"><code>\textnormal</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctextrm-372"><code>\textrm</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctextsc-387"><code>\textsc</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctextsf-385"><code>\textsf</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctextsl-383"><code>\textsl</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctexttt-389"><code>\texttt</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctextup-381"><code>\textup</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cthanks-298"><code>\thanks</code></a>: <a href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cthispagestyle-307"><code>\thispagestyle</code></a>: <a href="#_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctiny-404"><code>\tiny</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctitle-300"><code>\title</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctitle">\title</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctoday-165"><code>\today</code></a>: <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctotalheight-194"><code>\totalheight</code></a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cttfamily-390"><code>\ttfamily</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctwocolumn-55"><code>\twocolumn</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctypein-365"><code>\typein</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctypein">\typein</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005ctypeout-366"><code>\typeout</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctypeout">\typeout</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cunderbrace-282"><code>\underbrace</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cunderline-283"><code>\underline</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cupshape-382"><code>\upshape</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cusebox-341"><code>\usebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cusebox">\usebox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cusecounter-18"><code>\usecounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cusefont-422"><code>\usefont</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cusepackage-46"><code>\usepackage</code></a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cvalue-19"><code>\value</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvalue">\value</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cvdots-284"><code>\vdots</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cvector-119"><code>\vector</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvector">\vector</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cverb-171"><code>\verb</code></a>: <a href="#_005cverb">\verb</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cvfill-328"><code>\vfill</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvfill">\vfill</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cvline-149"><code>\vline</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvline">\vline</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cvspace-329"><code>\vspace</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvspace">\vspace</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005cwidth-191"><code>\width</code></a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005e-264"><code>^</code></a>: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts & Superscripts</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-_005f-263"><code>_</code></a>: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts & Superscripts</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-array-61"><code>array</code></a>: <a href="#array">array</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-center-62"><code>center</code></a>: <a href="#center">center</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-description-67"><code>description</code></a>: <a href="#description">description</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-enumerate-69"><code>enumerate</code></a>: <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-eqnarray-71"><code>eqnarray</code></a>: <a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-equation-75"><code>equation</code></a>: <a href="#equation">equation</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-figure-78"><code>figure</code></a>: <a href="#figure">figure</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-flushleft-81"><code>flushleft</code></a>: <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-flushright-88"><code>flushright</code></a>: <a href="#flushright">flushright</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-itemize-95"><code>itemize</code></a>: <a href="#itemize">itemize</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-letter-98"><code>letter</code></a>: <a href="#letter">letter</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-list-99"><code>list</code></a>: <a href="#list">list</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-lrbox-332"><code>lrbox</code></a>: <a href="#lrbox">lrbox</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-minipage-101"><code>minipage</code></a>: <a href="#minipage">minipage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-picture-105"><code>picture</code></a>: <a href="#picture">picture</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-quotation-120"><code>quotation</code></a>: <a href="#quotation">quotation</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-quote-123"><code>quote</code></a>: <a href="#quote">quote</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-tabbing-126"><code>tabbing</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-table-140"><code>table</code></a>: <a href="#table">table</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-tabular-143"><code>tabular</code></a>: <a href="#tabular">tabular</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-thebibliography-150"><code>thebibliography</code></a>: <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-theorem-160"><code>theorem</code></a>: <a href="#theorem">theorem</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-titlepage-162"><code>titlepage</code></a>: <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-verbatim-166"><code>verbatim</code></a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li> +<li><a href="#index-verse-173"><code>verse</code></a>: <a href="#verse">verse</a></li> + </ul> +<div class="contents"> +<h2>Table of Contents</h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="toc_Overview" href="#Overview">1 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide</a> +<li><a name="toc_Commands" href="#Commands">2 Commands</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#Counters">2.1 Counters</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005caddtocounter">2.1.1 \addtocounter</a> +<li><a href="#_005calph">2.1.2 \alph</a> +<li><a href="#_005carabic">2.1.3 \arabic</a> +<li><a href="#_005cfnsymbol">2.1.4 \fnsymbol</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnewcounter">2.1.5 \newcounter</a> +<li><a href="#_005crefstepcounter">2.1.6 \refstepcounter</a> +<li><a href="#_005croman">2.1.7 \roman</a> +<li><a href="#_005cstepcounter">2.1.8 \stepcounter</a> +<li><a href="#_005csetcounter">2.1.9 \setcounter</a> +<li><a href="#_005cusecounter">2.1.10 \usecounter</a> +<li><a href="#_005cvalue">2.1.11 \value</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Cross-References">2.2 Cross References</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005clabel">2.2.1 \label</a> +<li><a href="#_005cpageref">2.2.2 \pageref</a> +<li><a href="#_005cref">2.2.3 \ref</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Definitions">2.3 Definitions</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cnewcommand">2.3.1 \newcommand</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnewenvironment">2.3.2 \newenvironment</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnewtheorem">2.3.3 \newtheorem</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnewfont">2.3.4 \newfont</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Document-Classes">2.4 Document Classes</a> +<li><a href="#Layout">2.5 Layout</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cflushbottom">2.5.1 \flushbottom</a> +<li><a href="#_005conecolumn">2.5.2 \onecolumn</a> +<li><a href="#_005craggedbottom">2.5.3 \raggedbottom</a> +<li><a href="#_005ctwocolumn">2.5.4 \twocolumn</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Environments">2.6 Environments</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#array">2.6.1 array</a> +<li><a href="#center">2.6.2 center</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005ccentering">2.6.2.1 \centering</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#description">2.6.3 description</a> +<li><a href="#enumerate">2.6.4 enumerate</a> +<li><a href="#eqnarray">2.6.5 eqnarray</a> +<li><a href="#equation">2.6.6 equation</a> +<li><a href="#figure">2.6.7 figure</a> +<li><a href="#flushleft">2.6.8 flushleft</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005craggedright">2.6.8.1 \raggedright</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#flushright">2.6.9 flushright</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005craggedleft">2.6.9.1 \raggedleft</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#itemize">2.6.10 itemize</a> +<li><a href="#letter">2.6.11 letter</a> +<li><a href="#list">2.6.12 list</a> +<li><a href="#minipage">2.6.13 minipage</a> +<li><a href="#picture">2.6.14 picture</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005ccircle">2.6.14.1 \circle</a> +<li><a href="#_005cdashbox">2.6.14.2 \dashbox</a> +<li><a href="#_005cframe">2.6.14.3 \frame</a> +<li><a href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">2.6.14.4 \framebox</a> +<li><a href="#_005cline">2.6.14.5 \line</a> +<li><a href="#_005clinethickness">2.6.14.6 \linethickness</a> +<li><a href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">2.6.14.7 \makebox</a> +<li><a href="#_005cmultiput">2.6.14.8 \multiput</a> +<li><a href="#_005coval">2.6.14.9 \oval</a> +<li><a href="#_005cput">2.6.14.10 \put</a> +<li><a href="#_005cshortstack">2.6.14.11 \shortstack</a> +<li><a href="#_005cvector">2.6.14.12 \vector</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#quotation">2.6.15 quotation</a> +<li><a href="#quote">2.6.16 quote</a> +<li><a href="#tabbing">2.6.17 tabbing</a> +<li><a href="#table">2.6.18 table</a> +<li><a href="#tabular">2.6.19 tabular</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005ccline">2.6.19.1 \cline</a> +<li><a href="#_005chline">2.6.19.2 \hline</a> +<li><a href="#_005cmulticolumn">2.6.19.3 \multicolumn</a> +<li><a href="#_005cvline">2.6.19.4 \vline</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#thebibliography">2.6.20 thebibliography</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cbibitem">2.6.20.1 \bibitem</a> +<li><a href="#_005ccite">2.6.20.2 \cite</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnocite">2.6.20.3 \nocite</a> +<li><a href="#Using-BibTeX">2.6.20.4 Using BibTeX</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#theorem">2.6.21 theorem</a> +<li><a href="#titlepage">2.6.22 titlepage</a> +<li><a href="#verbatim">2.6.23 verbatim</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cverb">2.6.23.1 \verb</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#verse">2.6.24 verse</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Footnotes">2.7 Footnotes</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cfootnote">2.7.1 \footnote</a> +<li><a href="#_005cfootnotemark">2.7.2 \footnotemark</a> +<li><a href="#_005cfootnotetext">2.7.3 \footnotetext</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Lengths">2.8 Lengths</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cnewlength">2.8.1 \newlength</a> +<li><a href="#_005csetlength">2.8.2 \setlength</a> +<li><a href="#_005caddtolength">2.8.3 \addtolength</a> +<li><a href="#_005csettodepth">2.8.4 \settodepth</a> +<li><a href="#_005csettoheight">2.8.5 \settoheight</a> +<li><a href="#_005csettowidth">2.8.6 \settowidth</a> +<li><a href="#Predefined-lengths">2.8.7 Predefined lengths</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Letters">2.9 Letters</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005caddress">2.9.1 \address</a> +<li><a href="#_005ccc">2.9.2 \cc</a> +<li><a href="#_005cclosing">2.9.3 \closing</a> +<li><a href="#_005cencl">2.9.4 \encl</a> +<li><a href="#_005clocation">2.9.5 \location</a> +<li><a href="#_005cmakelabels">2.9.6 \makelabels</a> +<li><a href="#_005cname">2.9.7 \name</a> +<li><a href="#_005copening">2.9.8 \opening</a> +<li><a href="#_005cps">2.9.9 \ps</a> +<li><a href="#_005csignature">2.9.10 \signature</a> +<li><a href="#_005cstartbreaks">2.9.11 \startbreaks</a> +<li><a href="#_005cstopbreaks">2.9.12 \stopbreaks</a> +<li><a href="#_005ctelephone">2.9.13 \telephone</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">2.10 Line & Page Breaking</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005c_005c">2.10.1 \\</a> +<li><a href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">2.10.2 \-</a> +<li><a href="#_005ccleardoublepage">2.10.3 \cleardoublepage</a> +<li><a href="#_005cclearpage">2.10.4 \clearpage</a> +<li><a href="#_005cenlargethispage">2.10.5 \enlargethispage</a> +<li><a href="#_005cfussy">2.10.6 \fussy</a> +<li><a href="#_005chyphenation">2.10.7 \hyphenation</a> +<li><a href="#_005clinebreak">2.10.8 \linebreak</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnewline">2.10.9 \newline</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnewpage">2.10.10 \newpage</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnolinebreak">2.10.11 \nolinebreak</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnopagebreak">2.10.12 \nopagebreak</a> +<li><a href="#_005cpagebreak">2.10.13 \pagebreak</a> +<li><a href="#_005csloppy">2.10.14 \sloppy</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Making-Paragraphs">2.11 Making Paragraphs</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cindent">2.11.1 \indent</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnoindent">2.11.2 \noindent</a> +<li><a href="#_005cpar">2.11.3 \par</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Margin-Notes">2.12 Margin Notes</a> +<li><a href="#Math-Formulae">2.13 Math Formulae</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">2.13.1 Subscripts & Superscripts</a> +<li><a href="#Math-Symbols">2.13.2 Math Symbols</a> +<li><a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">2.13.3 Spacing in Math Mode</a> +<li><a href="#Math-Miscellany">2.13.4 Math Miscellany</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Modes">2.14 Modes</a> +<li><a href="#Page-Styles">2.15 Page Styles</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cmaketitle">2.15.1 \maketitle</a> +<li><a href="#_005cauthor">2.15.2 \author</a> +<li><a href="#_005cdate">2.15.3 \date</a> +<li><a href="#_005cthanks">2.15.4 \thanks</a> +<li><a href="#_005ctitle">2.15.5 \title</a> +<li><a href="#_005cpagenumbering">2.15.6 \pagenumbering</a> +<li><a href="#_005cpagestyle">2.15.7 \pagestyle</a> +<li><a href="#_005cmarkboth">2.15.8 \markboth</a> +<li><a href="#_005cmarkright">2.15.9 \markright</a> +<li><a href="#_005cthispagestyle">2.15.10 \thispagestyle</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Sectioning">2.16 Sectioning</a> +<li><a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">2.17 Spaces & Boxes</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cdotfill">2.17.1 \dotfill</a> +<li><a href="#_005chfill">2.17.2 \hfill</a> +<li><a href="#_005chrulefill">2.17.3 \hrulefill</a> +<li><a href="#_005chspace">2.17.4 \hspace</a> +<li><a href="#_005caddvspace">2.17.5 \addvspace</a> +<li><a href="#_005cbigskip">2.17.6 \bigskip</a> +<li><a href="#_005cmedskip">2.17.7 \medskip</a> +<li><a href="#_005csmallskip">2.17.8 \smallskip</a> +<li><a href="#_005cvfill">2.17.9 \vfill</a> +<li><a href="#_005cvspace">2.17.10 \vspace</a> +<li><a href="#_005cfbox">2.17.11 \fbox</a> +<li><a href="#_005cframebox">2.17.12 \framebox</a> +<li><a href="#lrbox">2.17.13 lrbox</a> +<li><a href="#_005cmakebox">2.17.14 \makebox</a> +<li><a href="#_005cmbox">2.17.15 \mbox</a> +<li><a href="#_005cnewsavebox">2.17.16 \newsavebox</a> +<li><a href="#_005cparbox">2.17.17 \parbox</a> +<li><a href="#_005craisebox">2.17.18 \raisebox</a> +<li><a href="#_005crule">2.17.19 \rule</a> +<li><a href="#_005csavebox">2.17.20 \savebox</a> +<li><a href="#_005csbox">2.17.21 \sbox</a> +<li><a href="#_005cusebox">2.17.22 \usebox</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Special-Characters">2.18 Special Characters</a> +<li><a href="#Splitting-the-Input">2.19 Splitting the Input</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005cinclude">2.19.1 \include</a> +<li><a href="#_005cincludeonly">2.19.2 \includeonly</a> +<li><a href="#_005cinput">2.19.3 \input</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">2.20 Starting & Ending</a> +<li><a href="#Table-of-Contents">2.21 Table of Contents</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005caddcontentsline">2.21.1 \addcontentsline</a> +<li><a href="#_005caddtocontents">2.21.2 \addtocontents</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">2.22 Terminal Input/Output</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#_005ctypein">2.22.1 \typein</a> +<li><a href="#_005ctypeout">2.22.2 \typeout</a> +</li></ul> +<li><a href="#Typefaces">2.23 Typefaces</a> +<ul> +<li><a href="#Styles">2.23.1 \Styles</a> +<li><a href="#Sizes">2.23.2 Sizes</a> +<li><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">2.23.3 Low-level font commands</a> +</li></ul> +</li></ul> +<li><a name="toc_Parameters" href="#Parameters">3 Parameters</a> +<li><a name="toc_Concept-Index" href="#Concept-Index">Concept Index</a> +<li><a name="toc_Command-Index" href="#Command-Index">Command Index</a> +</li></ul> +</div> + +</body></html> + diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex2e.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex2e.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8f8a41d1728 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex2e.pdf |